Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM  10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
    or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to
Commission File number 1-7221
 
MOTOROLA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
DELAWARE   36-1115800
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196
(Address of principal executive offices)
(847) 576-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Common Stock, $3 Par Value per Share   New York Stock Exchange
Chicago Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ         No  o
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  o         No  þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ         No  o
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation  S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form  10-K or any amendment to this Form  10-K.      o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer  þ         Accelerated filer  o         Non-accelerated filer  o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o         No  þ
     The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 1, 2006 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $49.2 billion (based on closing sale price of $20.15 per share as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions).
     The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $3 par value per share, outstanding as of January 31, 2007 was 2,390,406,528.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which Proxy Statement will be filed no later than April 30, 2007, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 


 

Table of Contents
                     
                Page
                 
  PART I     1  
  Item 1.       1  
      General     1  
      Business Segments     1  
          Mobile Devices Segment     1  
          Networks and Enterprise Segment     5  
          Connected Home Solutions Segment     10  
      Other Information     14  
          2006 Change in Organizational Structure     14  
          Financial Information About Segments     14  
          Customers     14  
          Backlog     14  
          Research and Development     14  
          Patents and Trademarks     15  
          Environmental Quality     15  
          Employees     15  
          Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations     15  
      Available Information     15  
  Item 1A.       16  
  Item 1B.       24  
  Item 2.       24  
  Item 3.       25  
  Item 4.       30  
  Executive Officers of the Registrant     30  
 
  PART II.     31  
  Item 5.       31  
  Item 6.       33  
  Item 7.       34  
  Item 7A.       69  
  Item 8.       73  
  Item 9.       121  
  Item 9A.       121  
  Item 9B.       123  
 
  PART III     123  
  Item 10.       123  
  Item 11.       123  
  Item 12.       123  
  Item 13.       124  
  Item 14.       124  
  PART IV.     125  
  Item 15.       125  
      15(a)(1) Financial Statements     125  
      15(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule and Independent Auditors’ Report     125  
      15(a)(3) Exhibits     125  
  Omnibus Incentive Plan
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
  Form of Stock Option Consideration Agreement
  Form of Award Document
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
  Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement
  Form of Deferred Stock Units Award
  Long-Range Incentive Plan
  Long-Range Incentive Plan
  Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  Subsidiaries
  Certification
  Certification
  Certification
  Certification


Table of Contents

1
PART I
       Throughout this  10-K report we “incorporate by reference” certain information in parts of other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner. Please refer to such information.
      We are making forward-looking statements in this report. In “Item 1A: Risk Factors” we discuss some of the risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.
      “Motorola” (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) means Motorola, Inc. or Motorola, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or one of our segments, as the context requires. “Motorola” is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
Item 1: Business
General
      We build, market and sell products, services and applications that make simple and seamless connections to people, information and entertainment possible through broadband, embedded systems and wireless networks. Our vision is to provide cutting-edge technologies that empower mobile consumers to go anywhere and do anything without sacrificing connectivity. This is seamless mobility.
      Motorola is a market leader in the following businesses:
  •  Mobile Devices : We are one of the world’s premier providers of wireless handsets, which transmit and receive voice, text, images, multimedia and other forms of information, communication and entertainment.
 
  •  Networks and Enterprise : We are a leading provider of wireless communications systems and services for government, enterprise and commercial mobile service providers around the world. We deliver high-availability network infrastructure systems to commercial mobile service providers and mission-critical end-to -end wireless communications networks, primarily for the government and public safety markets. Through our recent acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. coupled with our existing enterprise product portfolio, we will deliver leading-edge mobile computing, mobile office and enterprise wireless local access network solutions. We are also an industry leader in the development of next-generation IP wireless broadband mobility technologies, offering an entire suite of end-to-end WiMAX infrastructure and customer premises equipment products. In addition, we offer a family of point-to-point and point-to-multipoint wireless broadband products to serve WiFi and wireless DSL operators.
 
  •  Connected Home : We are a global leader in developing end-to-end broadband systems that deliver entertainment, communication and information systems into the home. We offer consumer products, including digital video, voice-over-IP, and wireless data gateway devices, and service provider products, including video encoding and distribution systems, content protection solutions, data edge routers, optical networking equipment and remote management software solutions.
      Motorola is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as the successor to an Illinois corporation organized in 1928. Motorola’s principal executive offices are located at 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196.
Business Segments
      Motorola reports financial results for the following three operating business segments:
Mobile Devices Segment
      The Mobile Devices segment (“Mobile Devices” or the “segment”) designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. In 2006, the segment’s net sales represented 66% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.


Table of Contents

2
Principal Products and Services
      Our wireless subscriber products include wireless handsets with related software and accessory products. We also sell and license our intellectual property. We market our products worldwide to carriers and consumers through direct sales, distributors, dealers, retailers and, in certain markets, through licensees.
Our Industry
      We believe that total industry shipments of wireless handsets (also referred to as industry “sell-in”) increased to approximately 980 million units in 2006, an increase of approximately 20% compared to 2005. Demand from new subscribers was strong in emerging markets, particularly India and China. Replacement sales in highly-penetrated markets were also strong due to generally favorable economic conditions, as well as compelling new handset designs, attractive handset features and the increased roll-out of high-speed data networks, all creating a greater opportunity for personalization. In this environment, we were able to increase our unit shipments faster than the market and we believe we increased our overall market share to approximately 22%.
      Industry forecasters predict that the wireless handset industry will continue to grow over the next several years, although the annual rate of growth is expected to be in the 10% range as opposed to the annual growth in the 20% range the industry has experienced over each of the last four years. Continued growth will be driven by demand from new subscribers in emerging markets and replacement sales from the current subscriber base.
Our Strategy
      The Mobile Devices segment is focused on profitable and sustainable growth while maintaining a strong commitment to quality and an unrelenting focus on technology and innovation. We recognize the role the mobile device plays in digital convergence by breaking down the boundaries between work, home, business, entertainment and leisure. A central theme to Mobile Devices’ strategy is our vision of seamless mobility, which leverages the trends in digital convergence by enabling the consumer to enjoy simple, rich, compelling experiences regardless of environment, device or network.
      We continue to invest in our popular MOTORAZR franchise by refreshing the product line with new designs, cobranding, new features and network extensions. New flagship additions to the franchise were introduced in 2006 with the launch of MOTOKRZR and MOTORIZR Z3, our first quad-band, globally available slider designed for GSM-based networks. The franchise was expanded into 3G technologies with the launch of MOTORAZR V3x which earned “Best 3GSM Handset” at the 2006 3GSM World Congress in February. Further extensions of the franchise into high-speed downlink packet access (“HSDPA”) were accomplished with the launch of MOTORAZR xx and MOTORAZR maxx. We launched the MOTO Q, our first iconic “qwerty”-based device on North America’s largest CDMA EV-DO network. We also introduced the MOTOFONE handset, a value-priced handset that strengthens Motorola’s drive to connect “the next billion” mobile phone users. Across technologies, price tiers and geographies, our objective is to unite “must have” design with “must have” experiences—without compromising quality of design, quality of experience or quality of product performance.
      We play an active role in the development of next-generation technologies and believe a strong intellectual property portfolio is critical to our long-term success. We have a substantial investment in UMTS, WiMAX and HSDPA technologies and chipset designs to ensure that we maintain a favorable strategic position in these emerging technologies. We will continue to identify opportunities to generate licensing revenue from these investments.
      Our approach to providing rich experiences involves both partnerships and in-house initiatives. To deliver compelling experiences to the mobile user in the productivity, imaging and music categories, it is critical to have the right partners. To that end, we have partnered with Google, Kodak, Microsoft, Warner Music, Yahoo! and other leading brands to create simple and unique rich experiences. Additionally, during 2006, the segment completed the acquisition of TTP Communications plc, a developer of intellectual property used in the design and manufacture of wireless communication terminals and a leading provider of protocol stack software that offers rapid customization of handsets through its AJAR applications framework. In early 2007, Motorola completed the acquisition of Good Technology, Inc. to strengthen our enterprise-productivity offering. Good’s end-to -end content delivery platform expands not only our enterprise and prosumer portfolio but also accelerates the development and richness of our multimedia offering
      Delivering advanced services to consumers requires a highly-capable software platform with a large base of development support. In 2006, we continued to invest in our Linux-based platform. Through the formation of the


Table of Contents

3
LiMo (Linux Mobile) Foundation, Motorola along with other mobile industry leaders, pledged to create the world’s first globally adopted open mobile Linux platform. We expect this platform to provide cost advantages to us, flexibility to carriers, and access to the world’s community of application and software developers.
Customers
      Mobile Devices continues to focus on strengthening relationships with our top customers. The segment has several large customers worldwide, the loss of one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on the segment’s business.
      The largest of the segment’s end customers (including sales through distributors) are China Mobile, Verizon, Sprint Nextel, Cingular and T-Mobile. Sales to these five largest customers represented approximately 39% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. In addition to selling directly to carriers and operators, Mobile Devices also sells products through a variety of third-party distributors and retailers, which account for approximately 38% of the segment’s net sales. The largest of these distributors is Brightstar Corporation.
      Although the U.S. market continued to be the segment’s largest individual market, many of our customers, and approximately 65% of our net sales, are outside the U.S. The largest of these international markets are China, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Mexico and Hong Kong. Compared to 2005, the segment experienced sales growth in: High Growth markets (defined as countries in the Middle East, Africa, Southeast Asia and India), North Asia, North America and Latin America. Sales grew as a result of an improved product portfolio, including continued demand worldwide for the MOTORAZR family, continued strong market growth in emerging markets, and high replacement sales in more mature markets.
Competition
      The segment believes it increased its overall market share to approximately 22% in 2006 and remains the second-largest worldwide supplier of wireless handsets. The segment experiences intense competition in worldwide markets from numerous global competitors, including some of the world’s largest companies, such as Nokia, Samsung, Sony Ericsson and LG. The wireless handset industry continues to consolidate and, in 2006, the five largest participants together held an aggregate market share of approximately 86%.
      Our strategy of driving our seamless mobility vision, creating valuable differentiation of our products through design, and providing compelling, rich experiences to consumers and carriers is intended to further enhance our market position. Establishing and expanding a strong position in the fastest-growing segments, such as emerging markets and 3G/UMTS, will be necessary to retain and enhance our competitiveness. We also believe that it is critical to invest in research and development (“R&D”) of cutting-edge technologies and services to remain competitive. In 2006, the segment’s total investment in R&D again increased to support new product development.
      General competitive factors in the market for our products include: design; time-to -market; brand awareness; technology offered; price; product proposition, performance, quality, delivery and warranty; the quality and availability of service; and relationships with key customers.
Payment Terms
      The segment’s customers and distributors buy from us regularly with payment terms that are competitive with current industry practices. These terms vary globally and generally range from cash-with-order to 60 days. Extended payment terms beyond 60 days are provided to customers on a limited basis. Payment terms allow the customer or distributor to purchase products from us on a periodic basis and pay for those products at the end of the agreed term applicable to each purchase. A customer’s outstanding credit at any point in time is limited to a predetermined amount as established by management.
Regulatory Matters
      Radio frequencies are required to provide wireless services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries, and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services. The growth of the wireless and personal communications industry may be affected if adequate frequencies are not allocated or, alternatively, if new technologies are not developed to better utilize the frequencies currently allocated for such use. Industry


Table of Contents

4
growth may also be affected by the cost of the new licenses required to use frequencies and any related frequency relocation costs.
      The U.S. leads the world in spectrum deregulation, allowing new wireless communications technologies to be developed and offered for sale. Examples include wireless local area network systems, such as WiFi, and wide area network systems, such as WiMAX. Other countries have also deregulated portions of the available spectrum to allow these and other new technologies, which can be offered without spectrum license costs. Deregulation may introduce new competition and new opportunities for Motorola and our customers.
Backlog
      The segment’s backlog was $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2005. The 2006 backlog is believed to be generally firm and 100% of that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue in 2007. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change. The decrease in backlog at December 31, 2006, compared to December 31, 2005, is primarily due to an unusually high level of backlog at December 31, 2005 resulting from strong customer demand for new products during the fourth quarter of 2005, certain of which were unable to be shipped in significant quantities due to supply constraints for select components.
Intellectual Property Matters
      Patent protection is extremely important to the segment’s operations. The segment has an extensive portfolio of patents relating to its products, technologies and manufacturing processes. The segment licenses certain of its patents to third parties and generates revenue from these licenses. Motorola is also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses. The protection of these licenses is also important to the segment’s operations. Reference is made to the material under the heading “Other Information” for additional information relating to patents and trademarks and research and development activities with respect to this segment.
Inventory, Raw Materials, Right of Return and Seasonality
      The segment’s practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory in manufacturing and distribution centers in order to meet customer delivery requirements in a manner consistent with industry standards. At the end of 2006, the segment had a higher inventory balance than at the end of 2005. The increase reflects a growth in inventory in the fourth quarter of 2006, primarily due to slower than expected initial customer demand for certain products.
      Availability of materials and components required by the segment is relatively dependable, but fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect results. We currently source certain materials and components from single vendors. Any material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
      Energy necessary for the segment’s manufacturing facilities consists primarily of electricity and natural gas, which are currently in generally adequate supply for the segment’s operations. In addition, the cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices. A substantial increase in worldwide oil prices could have a negative impact on our results of operations. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to the segment’s manufacturing facilities. However, difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned items or a significant cost increase could affect the segment’s results.
      The segment permits returns under limited circumstances to remain competitive with current industry practices.
      The segment typically experiences higher sales in the fourth calendar quarter and lower sales in the first calendar quarter of each year.
Our Facilities/ Manufacturing
      Our headquarters are located in Libertyville, Illinois. Our other major facilities are located in Plantation, Florida; Flensburg, Germany; Singapore; Beijing and Tianjin, China; Jaguariuna, Brazil; and Basingstoke, England. We also maintain an interest in a joint venture in Hangzhou, China.


Table of Contents

5
      We also use several electronics manufacturing suppliers (“EMS”) and original design manufacturers (“ODM”) to enhance our ability to lower our costs and deliver products that meet consumer demands in the rapidly-changing technological environment. A portion of our handsets are manufactured either completely or substantially by non-affiliated EMS and ODM manufacturers and the percentage of total manufactured unit volume with these manufacturers increased moderately from 2005 to 2006.
      In 2006, our handsets were primarily manufactured in Asia. We expect this to continue in 2007. Our largest manufacturing facilities are located in China, Singapore and Brazil. Each of these facilities serves multiple countries and regions of the world.
Networks and Enterprise Segment
      The Networks and Enterprise segment (the “segment”) designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems to public carriers and other wireless service providers (referred to as the “public networks” market), and (ii) analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems, as well as wireless broadband systems, to a wide range of public safety, government, utility, transportation and other worldwide enterprise markets (referred to as the “private networks” market). In January 2007, the segment completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”), a leader in providing products and systems used in end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions. Symbol will become the cornerstone of the segment’s enterprise mobility strategy. In 2006, the segment’s net sales represented 26% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
Principal Products and Services
      In the public networks market, the segment provides end-to -end cellular networks, including radio base stations, base station controllers, associated software and services, application platforms and third-party switching for CDMA, GSM, iDEN ® and UMTS technologies. The segment also offers a portfolio of products, collectively known as Motorola MOTOwi4, which includes WiMAX, to create mobile Internet Protocol (“IP”) broadband access. These technologies, especially WiMAX, have the potential to make mobile bandwidth more affordable and accessible for mainstream consumer adoption, yet profitable for the segment’s service provider customers. The segment also provides access points, subscriber modules and backhaul modules for wireless broadband systems, as well as advanced telecommunications architecture (“TCA”) and micro TCA communications servers. These products and services are marketed to wireless service providers worldwide through a direct sales force, licensees and agents.
      In the private networks market, the segment primarily designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems to a wide range of public safety and government customers worldwide.
      The segment also serves the enterprise space by providing business-critical wireless mobility devices, networks and applications that enable an enterprise customer to seamlessly connect its people, assets and information. Enterprise customers include utility, courier, transportation, field services and other companies with disseminated workforces. Offerings include mobile office devices, rugged mobile computing handhelds, private and public business communication networks, enterprise-grade wireless security systems, and end-to -end systems and applications that deliver enterprise mobility. The January 2007 acquisition of Symbol unites the two companies’ industry-leading enterprise products.
      The segment’s products are sold directly through its own distribution force or through independent authorized distributors and dealers, service operators and independent commission sales representatives. The segment’s distribution organization provides systems engineering and installation and other technical and systems management services to meet its customers’ particular needs. The customer may also choose to install and maintain the equipment with its own employees, or may obtain installation, service and parts from a network of the segment’s authorized service stations (most of whom are also authorized dealers) or from other non-Motorola service stations.


Table of Contents

6
Our Industry
      We participate in multiple global markets within the mobile segment of the communications industry, providing wireless equipment and services to public carriers and other wireless service providers, as well as public safety, government and enterprise customers.
      Within our public networks market, we primarily provide radio access cellular infrastructure systems. This market grew approximately 5% in 2006, compared to 10% in 2005 and we expect this market to experience flat to low single digit growth in 2007. We are also an early leader in the emerging market for next-generation wireless broadband networks, including WiMAX technology.
      The majority of installed cellular infrastructure systems are based upon CDMA, GSM, UMTS and iDEN technologies. We supply systems based on each of these technologies and are the sole supplier of proprietary iDEN networks. Advanced infrastructure systems based on these technologies include GPRS, CDMA-1X and EDGE. In addition, some segments of the cellular infrastructure industry have installed, or are in the process of migrating to, third-generation (“3G”) networks, which are high-capacity radio access wireless networks providing enhanced data services, improved Internet access and increased voice capacity. The primary 3G technologies are W-CDMA (based on either UMTS or Freedom of Mobile Multimedia Access (“FOMA”) technologies) and CDMA2000 1xEVDO. An additional 3G technology standard is TD-SCDMA, driven primarily by the Chinese government and local Chinese vendors. We now expect 3G licenses to be awarded in China during 2008. We supply systems based on UMTS and CDMA 2000 1xEVDO technologies. Advanced infrastructure systems based on 3G technologies include high-speed downlink packet access (“HSDPA”) and high-speed uplink packet access (“HSUPA”). Commercial service of 3G technologies was first introduced in Asia and has expanded to Western Europe and North America.
      Industry standards bodies are in the process of defining the next generation of wireless broadband systems after 3G. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (“IEEE”) is currently developing fixed and mobile broadband standards (802.16d and 802.16e) based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (“OFDM”) technology, which offer systems performance utilizing wider channels enabling triple play services (voice, data, video). Based upon developments in the 802.16e standard, we expect to see the WiMAX market begin to materialize in 2008 as several WiMAX networks come on-line and devices utilizing these networks become widely available. We are an early leader in next-generation wireless broadband products, including WiMAX technology.
      The International Telecommunications Union (“ITU”) is also developing next-generation cellular wireless access standards (“4G”) for the cellular infrastructure industry, also anticipated to be based upon OFDM technology.
      Within our private networks business, homeland security remains an important issue at the local, state and national levels. We expect this industry to grow in the mid-to -high single digit percentage range in 2007, consistent with industry growth in 2006. We provide solutions for each of the major standards based private network technologies, APCO (Association for Public Safety Communications Officials) 25 and TETRA (terrestrial trunked radio). We expect product sales to continue to grow worldwide as demand for intersystem, interoperable public safety communications grows. As both technologies mature, better frequency utilization has increased the demand and potential for data applications and we expect to see increased demand for data-based products in 2007 and beyond.
      In addition, Motorola recognizes a significant market opportunity in the next several years as enterprises increase their deployment of mobile technologies. The enterprise markets in which Motorola competes include enterprise wireless infrastructure, mobile computing solutions, bar code scanning, radio frequency identification (“RFID”) solutions and mobile management platforms. Organizations that are looking to increase productivity and derive benefits from mobilizing their applications and workforce are driving the enterprise mobility market. We expect the overall enterprise mobility market to grow in the high single digits in 2007. With the completion of the Symbol acquisition in January 2007, Motorola’s new enterprise mobility business offers a broad device portfolio which will enable us to compete more effectively in these markets.
Our Strategy
      The Networks and Enterprise segment is executing on a strategy to become a category leader in next-generation mobile solutions, thereby enabling seamless mobility for public carriers and their customers, governments and enterprises. It executes on this strategy by offering multiple technologies across several customer sectors.


Table of Contents

7
      Public Networks. The segment is investing to be the leader in next-generation wireless broadband technologies with its MOTOwi4 portfolio of offerings, such as WiMAX. Because of its projected early availability, lower cost and superior performance, wireless broadband technology, such as WiMAX, based on the IEEE standard 802.16e represents a compelling offering for existing and new providers. Potential customers in this space range from traditional mobile providers to wireline operators, such as cable companies, who are moving to enhance their offerings to new customers or launch offerings based on wireless broadband. In 2006, the segment announced arrangements for WiMAX networks based on 802.16e technologies with Wateen Telecom in Pakistan and Sprint Nextel and Clearwire in the United States. In addition, at the end of 2006 the segment was participating in 22 WiMAX trials globally.
      The segment also has a comprehensive investment strategy to migrate its customers from 2G (second-generation) to next-generation wireless technologies, including 3G (third-generation) technologies. The cellular network technologies, based on protocols developed through the ITU, have advanced from 2G to 3G enabling service providers to move to higher-capacity bandwidth technologies which enable the providers to offer engaging, new and exciting applications that can broaden their revenue stream. Many cellular operators, particularly in emerging markets, have not begun their migration to next-generation access technologies. In 2006, the segment announced a collaboration with Huawei Technologies, Co., Ltd. to bring an enhanced and extensive portfolio of UMTS and HSDPA/HSUPA infrastructure equipment to customers worldwide.
      Private Networks. The segment is the leading provider of mission-critical systems worldwide, with more than 65 years of experience in custom, rugged devices; public safety-grade private networks; sophisticated encryption technology; interoperable voice and broadband data; and complex network design, optimization and implementation. Key elements in the segment’s strategy include: (i) providing next-generation integrated voice, data and broadband over wireless systems at the local, state and national levels; (ii) continuing to invest in the ongoing migration from analog to digital end-to -end radio systems; (iii) providing APCO 25 and TETRA standards-based voice and data networking systems around the world; and (iv) implementing interoperable communications and information systems, especially related to global homeland security. In January 2007, the segment completed the acquisition of Symbol, a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to -end enterprise mobility solutions. Symbol’s offerings feature rugged mobile computing, advanced data capture, RFID, wireless infrastructure and mobility management. Recognized as an industry leader in technology innovation, with a world-class product portfolio and valuable intellectual property, Symbol will be the cornerstone of the segment’s strategy to enable the mobile enterprise in 2007 and beyond. The acquisition unites the two companies’ adjacent assets, expertise, customer bases, supplier bases and industry-leading products. Key elements in the segment’s enterprise mobility strategy include offering a comprehensive portfolio of products and services to help businesses: (i) streamline their supply chains, (ii) improve customer service in the field, (iii) increase data collection accuracy, and (iv) enhance worker productivity.
Customers
      Due to the nature of the segment’s business, many of the agreements we enter into are long-term contracts that require sizeable investments by our customers. In 2006, sales to our top five commercial customers (Sprint Nextel; KDDI, a service provider in Japan; China Mobile; Verizon; and Alltel), plus the U.S. government and its public safety agencies, represented approximately 34% of the segment’s net sales. The loss of any of the segment’s large customers, in particular these customers, could have a material adverse effect on the segment’s business. Further, because many of these contracts are long-term, the loss of a major customer would impact revenue and earnings over several quarters.
      Sprint Nextel is our largest customer and the segment has been Sprint Nextel’s sole supplier of iDEN network infrastructure equipment for more than ten years. Sprint Nextel uses Motorola’s proprietary iDEN technology to support a critical part of its nationwide wireless service business. Motorola is currently operating under supply agreements for iDEN infrastructure equipment that cover the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2007. The segment’s iDEN revenues decreased in 2006 compared to 2005, and we expect iDEN sales to decline further in 2007.
Competition
      The segment experiences widespread competition from numerous competitors, ranging from some of the world’s largest diversified companies to foreign, state-owned telecommunications companies to many small, specialized firms. In the public networks industry, Ericsson is the market leader, followed by Nokia and four


Table of Contents

8
vendors with similar market share positions, including Motorola, Siemens, Alcatel-Lucent and Nortel. Samsung, NEC and local Chinese vendors are also significant competitors. In the private networks industry, the segment provides communications and information systems compliant with both existing industry digital standards, TETRA and APCO 25. Major competitors include: M/ A-Com, EADS Telecommunications, Kenwood, EF Johnson and large system integrators. The segment may also act as a subcontractor to a large system integrator based on a number of competitive factors and customer requirements. As demand for fully-integrated voice, data and broadband over wireless systems at the local, state and national government levels continues, the segment may face additional competition from public telecommunications carriers. In the enterprise market, the segment experiences competition from Cisco, Nokia, and Intermec.
      Competitive factors in the market for the segment’s products include: technology offered; price; payment terms; availability of vendor financing; product and system performance; product features, quality, delivery, availability and warranty; the quality and availability of service; company image; relationship with key customers; and time-to -market. Price is a major area of competition and often impacts margins for initial system bids, particularly in emerging markets. Time-to -market has also been an important competitive factor, especially for new systems and technologies.
      The segment’s public networks business is confronting several factors that could impact its business, including the consolidation among telecommunications equipment providers and unclear timing for the granting of new licenses for providers in countries like China. In addition, the segment does not believe future iDEN technology revenues are likely to match 2006 levels. In the private networks space, the segment is managing the impact of system integrators seeking to move farther into the public safety area. In the enterprise market, a number of competitors deliver products in certain segments of the enterprise mobility market. The segment believes it has a unique portfolio to seamlessly connect people, assets and information to enable customers to grow their business, increase efficiency and improve customer satisfaction. Security and manageability are common throughout the portfolio.
Payment Terms
      Payment terms vary worldwide, depending on the arrangement. Contracts for communication systems typically include implementation milestones, such as delivery, installation and system acceptance, which can take 30 to 180 days to complete. Invoicing the customer is dependent on the completion of the milestone. Customer payments are generally due 30 to 60 days from the invoice date.
      As required for competitive reasons, we may provide or work with third-party lenders to arrange for long-term financing in connection with equipment purchases. Financing may cover all or a portion of the purchase price. The segment’s payment terms are consistent with industry practice as many of our contracts are awarded through a competitive bid process.
Regulatory Matters
      The use of wireless voice and data communications systems is regulated by a variety of governmental and other regulatory agencies throughout the world. In the U.S., non-Federal users of these systems are licensed by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), which has broad authority to make rules and regulations and prescribe restrictions and conditions to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act of 1934. Similarly, Federal agency operation of wireless communications systems is regulated by the National Telecommunications and Information Agency (“NTIA”). Regulatory agencies in other countries have similar types of authority. Consequently, the business and results of this segment could be affected by the rules and regulations adopted by the FCC, NTIA or regulatory agencies in other countries from time to time. Motorola has developed products using trunking and data communications technologies to enhance spectral efficiencies. The growth and results of the wireless communications industry may be affected by the regulations of the FCC, NTIA or other regulatory agencies relating to the access to allocated spectrum for wireless communications users, especially in urban areas where spectrum is heavily used.
      The U.S. leads the world in spectrum deregulation, allowing new wireless communications technologies to be developed and offered for sale. Examples include wireless local area network systems, such as WiFi, mesh technologies and wide area network systems, such as Motorola’s Wi4 portfolio, including WiMAX. Other countries have also deregulated portions of the available spectrum to allow the deployment of these and other technologies. Deregulation may introduce new competition and new opportunities for Motorola and our customers.


Table of Contents

9
      In early 2005, Sprint Nextel agreed to a plan by federal regulators designed to address interference from iDEN phones with hundreds of public safety communications systems in the U.S. According to the FCC, the agreement should dramatically reduce the likelihood of interference. Sprint Nextel is required to fund certain costs necessary to relocate those impacted users onto alternate channels in the 800MHz spectrum. Motorola will continue to work with our customers that are impacted by this plan and expects that this will have a neutral to positive impact on the segment’s business over the next several years. However, the short-term impact remains uncertain and is yet to be quantified, as the plan is still being implemented throughout most of the country.
      In February 2006, federal legislation was adopted setting February 17, 2009 as the date by which a portion of the spectrum historically used for broadcast television must be cleared throughout the U.S. Segments of this spectrum have been designated for public safety use and other segments for commercial operations, both market segments in which Motorola participates. This spectrum was designated for public safety and commercial use in 1997, however, prior to this new legislation, there was no certainty as to when it actually would be cleared for use in major markets. Clearing broadcast television from this band will significantly increase the spectrum public safety and commercial entities have available for communications systems. The new spectrum is configured to support both voice and data and the FCC has also opened additional rulemaking proceedings to help enable future broadband operations for public safety. Motorola already has public safety infrastructure and mobiles/portables shipping for deployment of voice and data systems in this band and we anticipate the availability of broadband equipment in the future.
Backlog
      The segment’s backlog was $4.4 billion as of December 31, 2006, compared to $4.1 billion as of December 31, 2005. The 2006 order backlog is believed to be generally firm and approximately 85% of that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2007. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.
Intellectual Property Matters
      Patent protection is extremely important to the segment’s operations. The segment has an extensive portfolio of patents relating to its products, systems, technologies and manufacturing processes.
      The segment licenses some of its patents to third parties and generates modest revenue from these licenses. Motorola is also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses. Reference is made to the material under the heading “Other Information” for information relating to patents and trademarks and research and development activities with respect to this segment.
      We actively participate in the development of open standards for interoperable, mission-critical digital two-way radio systems. We have published our technology and licensed patents to signatories of the industry’s two primary memorandums of understanding defined by the Telecommunications Industry Association (“TIA”) Project 25 and European Telecommunications Standards Institute (“ETSI”) Terrestrial Trunked Radio (“TETRA”). Royalties associated with these licenses are not expected to be material to the segment’s financial results.
Inventory, Raw Materials, Right of Return and Seasonality
      The segment’s practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory in order to meet customer delivery requirements in a manner consistent with industry standards. At the end of 2006, the segment had a higher inventory balance than at the end of 2005, primarily due to a larger amount of inventory to fulfill longer-term projects.
      Our private networks business provides custom products based on assembling basic units into a large variety of models or combinations. This requires the stocking of inventories and large varieties of piece parts and replacement parts, as well as a variety of basic level assemblies in order to meet delivery requirements. Relatively short delivery requirements and historical trends determine the amounts of inventory to be stocked. To the extent suppliers’ product life cycles are shorter than the segment’s, stocking of lifetime buy inventories is required. In addition, replacement parts are stocked for delivery on customer demand within a short delivery cycle.


Table of Contents

10
      Availability of materials and components required by the segment is relatively dependable, but fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect results. We currently source certain materials and components from single vendors. Any material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
      Natural gas, electricity and, to a lesser extent, oil are the primary sources of energy for the segment’s operations, which are currently in generally adequate supply for the segment’s operations. In addition, the cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices. A substantial increase in worldwide oil prices could have a negative impact on our results of operations. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to the segment’s manufacturing facilities. However, difficulties in obtaining any of these items or a significant cost increase could affect the segment’s results.
      Generally the segment’s contracts do not include a right of return, other than for standard warranty provisions. For new product introductions, we may enter into milestone contracts providing that the product could be returned if we do not achieve the milestones.
      Due to government buying patterns, private networks sales tend to be somewhat higher in the fourth quarter. The business does not have seasonal patterns in the public networks market.
Our Facilities/ Manufacturing
      Our headquarters are located in Arlington Heights, Illinois. Major design, integration, manufacturing and distribution centers are located in: Arlington Heights and Schaumburg, Illinois; Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Fort Worth, Texas; Swindon, England; Arad, Israel; Hangzhou and Tianjin, China; Munich, Taunusstein and Berlin, Germany; and Penang, Malaysia. In addition to our own manufacturing, we utilize EMS manufacturers, primarily in Asia, in order to enhance our ability to lower costs and deliver products that meet consumer demands.
Connected Home Solutions Segment
      The Connected Home Solutions segment (the “segment”) designs, manufactures, sells and services: (i) cable television, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network set-top boxes (“digital entertainment devices”), (ii)  end-to -end digital video system solutions, (iii) broadband access networks, and (iv)  IP-based data and voice products (including modems). In 2006, the segment’s net sales represented 8% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
Principal Products and Services
      The segment is a leading provider of end-to -end networks used for the delivery of video, voice and data services over hybrid fiber coaxial networks. We also provide products for IP television (“IPTV”) — multichannel television service using IP-based fiber-to -the premises and fiber-to -the-node access networks — to wireline carriers.
      Our products are marketed primarily to cable television operators, satellite television programmers, telephone carriers and other communications providers worldwide and are sold primarily by our skilled sales personnel. We have also expanded our traditional distribution channels by selling directly to consumers in a variety of retail markets. Through retail, we market and sell primarily cable modems and cordless telephones.
Our Industry
      Demand for our products depends primarily on: (i) capital spending by providers of broadband services for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their communications systems, and (ii) the marketing of advanced communications services by those providers. The amount of spending by these providers, and therefore a majority of our sales and profitability, are affected by a variety of factors, including: (i) the continuing trend of consolidation within the cable and telecommunications industries, (ii) the financial condition of cable television system operators and alternative communications providers, including their access to financing, (iii) the rate of digital penetration, (iv) technological developments, (v) standardization efforts that impact the deployment of new equipment, (vi) new legislation and regulations affecting the equipment sold by the segment, and (vii) general economic conditions. In 2006, the business benefited from increased spending by cable television operators on our products, due to the increase in digital video and data subscribers and the deployment of advanced video platforms by cable operators for high-definition television (“HD”) and digital video recording (“DVR”) (together “HD/


Table of Contents

11
DVR”) applications, as well as from spending by telephone companies upgrading their networks and adding video services.
Our Strategy
      The Connected Home Solutions segment is focused on becoming the global leader in broadband connected home solutions and services, enabling customers to be seamlessly informed, connected and entertained. Key elements in the segment’s strategy include: (i) providing for convergence of services and applications across delivery platforms within the home and across mobile applications, (ii) innovating and enhancing our end-to-end network portfolio, and (iii) developing new services that leverage our platforms.
      We are focused on accelerating the rate of digital penetration by broadband operators in North America through the introduction of an enhanced suite of digital set-top boxes. Our product offerings include more cost-effective products designed to increase the number of set-top boxes per household, as well as higher-end products for advanced services, including supporting the growing HD/ DVR markets. During 2006, we shipped our 50 millionth digital entertainment device for broadband cable networks, approximately 10 years after shipment of our first such device.
      We are capitalizing upon the introduction of IPTV by telecommunication operators to their subscribers with products that support delivery of video content using both copper-outside-plant and fiber-to-the-premises (“FTTP”) networks. During the year, the segment provided end-to-end video equipment and FTTP access network equipment for the launch of Verizon’s FiOS service and is supplying IP interactive set-top boxes to leading telecommunication companies around the world, including AT&T, Telefonica S.A., KPN International, Lyse Energi AS, and ViaSat, Inc.
      We are expanding our position in end-to-end video networks as well as increasing our offerings to wireline carriers through several strategic acquisitions. During 2006, we acquired Kreatel Communications AB to enhance our portfolio of IPTV set-top boxes and software and extend our customer relationships with leading IPTV providers in Europe. We grew our presence in the video core network through the acquisitions of: (i) Broadbus Technologies, Inc., a leading supplier of content-on-demand technologies, also called video on demand (“VOD”), and (ii) Vertasent LLC, a software developer for managing technology elements for switched digital video networks. In February 2007, we completed the acquisition of Netopia, Inc. (“Netopia”), a leading provider of data gateways and subscriber equipment management technology. We also announced our intention to acquire Tut Systems, Inc. (“Tut Systems”), a leading developer of edge routing and video encoders. Together, Netopia and Tut Systems will enhance our position with global carriers as they deploy advanced services. We expect these acquisitions to: (i) enhance our capability to provide complete solutions to cable television operators as they grow their on-demand content offerings and deploy switched digital video (“SDV”) technology, which delivers programming only when and where requested by subscribers versus delivering programming to all subscribers all the time, and (ii) provide end-to-end video solutions to telephone companies as they add video to their service offerings.
      We are focused on enhancing and expanding our voice and data offerings to offer end-to-end solutions for fixed-mobile convergence and next-generation converged IP-based voice, data and video delivery. These solutions include: (i) stand-alone and integrated voice/data/ WiFi gateways with support for handing off a mobile voice or data call to a WiFi access point and a carrier’s VoIP network, and (ii) next-generation infrastructure products in the cable modem termination system (“CMTS”) and fiber optic network markets which expand the bandwidth delivered to a home or business. We introduced our first seamless mobility voice gateway in 2006, which enables our customers to support handoff of voice traffic between wireline networks and wireless networks using dual mode handsets.
      We also continue to focus on growing our business in regions outside of North America, including the development of digital video products compliant with technology required in these regions. During 2006, the segment launched digital video in Argentina with Cablevision; launched video on demand in the Netherlands with UPC; and provided video set-top boxes to a number of operators in China. Although sales in North America accounted for 83% of the segment’s sales in 2006, shipments to markets outside North America have grown over 60% the last three years.


Table of Contents

12
Customers
      The vast majority of our sales are in the U.S., where a small number of large cable television multiple system operators (“MSOs”) own a large portion of the cable systems and account for a significant portion of the total capital spending in the industry. We are dependent upon a small number of customers for a significant portion of our sales. Comcast Corporation (“Comcast”) accounted for approximately 29% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. Collectively, our five largest customers represented 54% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. The loss of business in the future from Comcast or any of the other major MSOs could have a material adverse effect on the segment’s business. Sales of video headend equipment and set-top boxes to telephone carriers accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue in 2006. The opportunity in this market segment is expected to continue to grow as carriers around the world expand to offer video services.
Competition
      The businesses in which we operate are highly competitive. The rapid technological changes occurring in each of the markets in which we compete are expected to lead to the entry of many new competitors. Competitive factors for our products and systems include: technology offered; product and system performance; features; quality; delivery and availability; and price. We believe that we enjoy a strong competitive position because of our strong relationships with major communication system operators worldwide, technological leadership and new product development capabilities.
      We compete worldwide in the market for digital set-top boxes for broadband and satellite networks. Based on 2006 annual sales, we believe we are the leading provider of digital cable set-top boxes in North America. Our digital cable set-top boxes compete with products from a number of different companies, including: (i) those that develop and sell products that are distributed by direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) service providers through retail channels, (ii) those that develop, manufacture and sell products of their own design, and (iii) those that license technology from us or other competitors. In North America, our largest competitor is Cisco, which completed the acquisition of Scientific-Atlanta in 2006. Other competitors in North America include ARRIS, Harmonic and C-COR. Outside of North America, where we have a smaller market position, we compete with many equipment suppliers, including several consumer electronics companies.
      The traditional competitive environment in the North American cable market continues to evolve. As further described below, the FCC has enacted regulations requiring separation of security functionality from set-top boxes by July 1, 2007 to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-top boxes in the retail market. To meet this requirement, we have developed security modules for sale to cable operators for use with our own and third-party set-top boxes. As a step towards this implementation, in 2002, the cable industry and consumer electronic manufacturers agreed to a uni-directional security interface that allows third-party devices to access broadcast programming (not pay-per-view or VOD) with a security device. These devices became widely available in 2004 and to date have seen limited use. The limited use of the devices has not had a significant impact on our business. A full two-way security interface specification continues to be refined. These changes are expected to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-top boxes to consumers in the retail market. Traditionally, cable service providers have leased the set-top box to their customers.
      We also compete worldwide in the market for broadband data and voice products. We believe that we are the leading provider of cable modems worldwide, competing with a number of consumer electronic companies and various original design manufacturers worldwide.
Payment Terms
      Generally, our payment terms are consistent with the industry and range from 30 to 60 days in North America, and are typically limited to 90 days in regions outside North America. Extended payment terms are provided to customers from time to time on a limited basis. Such extended terms are isolated in nature and historically have not related to a significant portion of our revenues.
Regulatory Matters
      Many of our products are subject to regulation by the FCC or other communications regulatory agencies. In addition, our customers and their networks, into which our products are incorporated, are subject to government regulation. Government regulatory policies affecting either the willingness or the ability of cable operators and


Table of Contents

13
telephone carriers to offer certain services, or the terms on which the companies offer the services and conduct their business, may affect the segment’s results.
      Currently, reception of digital television programming from the cable broadband network requires a set-top box with certain technology. This security technology has limited the availability of set-top boxes to those manufactured by a few cable network manufacturers, including Motorola. The FCC has enacted regulations requiring separation of security functionality from set-top boxes to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-top boxes in the retail market by July 1, 2007. Traditionally, cable service providers sold or leased the set-top box to their customer. As the retail market develops for set-top boxes and televisions capable of accepting the security modules, sales of our set-top boxes may be negatively impacted. In addition, we risk lost sales if competitors bring set-top boxes with separable security to market before we do.
Backlog
      The segment’s backlog was $792 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $430 million at December 31, 2005. The increase in backlog and related orders primarily reflects increased orders from our customers for digital and HD/DVR set-top boxes. The 2006 order backlog is believed to be generally firm and 100% of that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue in 2007. The forward-looking estimates of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events, which may cause the amount recognized to change.
Intellectual Property Matters
      We seek to build upon our core enabling technologies, such as digital compression, encryption and conditional access systems, in order to lead worldwide growth in the market for broadband communications networks. Our policy is to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications to protect technology and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business. We also rely on our proprietary knowledge and ongoing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position, and will periodically seek to include our proprietary technologies in certain patent pools that support the implementation of standards. We were a founder of MPEG LA, the patent licensing authority established to foster broad deployment of MPEG-2 compliant systems. We have also licensed our digital conditional access technology, DigiCipher(R) II, to other equipment suppliers and have formed joint ventures with Comcast for development and licensing of conditional access technology. We also enter into other license agreements, both as licensor and licensee, covering certain products and processes with various companies. These license agreements require the payment of certain royalties that are not expected to be material to the segment’s financial results.
Inventory, Raw Materials, Right of Return and Seasonality
      The segment’s practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory in order to meet customer delivery requirements in a manner consistent with industry standards. At the end of 2006, the segment had higher inventory balances than at the end of 2005 due to the timing of transitions to EMS manufacturers and business acquisitions.
      Availability of materials and components required by the segment is relatively dependable, but fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect results. We currently source certain materials and components from single vendors. Any material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
      Electricity is the primary source of energy required for our manufacturing operations, which is currently in generally adequate supply for the segments operations. In addition, the cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices. A substantial increase in world-wide oil prices could have a negative impact on our results of operations. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to the segment’s manufacturing facilities. However, difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned items or a significant cost increase could affect the segment’s results.
      Generally, we do not permit customers to return products, other than for standard warranty provisions. We have not recently experienced seasonal buying patterns for our products. However, as our retail cable modem and digital set-top box sales increase, we may have increased sales during the holiday season at the end of each year.


Table of Contents

14
Our Facilities/ Manufacturing
      Our headquarters are located in Horsham, Pennsylvania. We have several offices throughout North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia, and we operate manufacturing facilities in Taipei, Taiwan and Nogales, Mexico. We also use contract manufacturers, primarily in China, for a portion of our cable modem/voice module production in order to enhance our ability to lower our costs and deliver products that meet consumer demand. The amount of this activity has increased slightly throughout 2006 and is projected to increase further in future years.
Other Information
      2006 Change in Organizational Structure. Effective as of the second quarter of 2006, the automotive electronics business was presented as a discontinued operation and the segments were realigned into three operating business groups: (i) Mobile Devices, (ii) Networks and Enterprise, and (iii) Connected Home Solutions.
      Financial Information About Segments. The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 11, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” of Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this document.
      Customers. Motorola has several large customers, the loss of one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Motorola’s largest end customers (including sales through distributors) are Sprint Nextel, China Mobile, Verizon, Cingular and T-Mobile. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales in 2006.
      Approximately 1% of Motorola’s net sales in 2006 were to various branches and agencies, including the armed services, of the U.S. Government. All contracts with the U.S. Government are subject to cancellation at the convenience of the Government.
      Government contractors, including Motorola, are routinely subjected to numerous audits and investigations, which may be either civil or criminal in nature. The consequences of these audits and investigations may include administrative action to suspend business dealings with the contractor and to exclude it from receiving new business. In addition, Motorola, like other contractors, reviews aspects of its government contracting operations, and, where appropriate, takes corrective actions and makes voluntary disclosures to the U.S. Government. These audits and investigations could adversely affect Motorola’s ability to obtain new business from the U.S. Government.
     
Backlog. Motorola’s aggregate backlog position for all Motorola segments, as of the end of the last two fiscal years was approximately as follows:
     
December 31, 2006
  $6.6 billion
December 31, 2005
  $7.5 billion
      Except as previously discussed in this Item 1, the orders supporting the 2006 backlog amounts shown in the foregoing table are believed to be generally firm, and approximately 90% of the backlog on hand at December 31, 2006 is expected to be recognized as revenue in 2007. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.
     
Research and Development. Motorola’s business segments participate in very competitive industries with constant changes in technology. Throughout its history, Motorola has relied, and continues to rely, primarily on its research and development (“R&D”) programs for the development of new products, and on its production engineering capabilities for the improvement of existing products. Technical data and product application ideas are exchanged among Motorola’s business segments on a regular basis. Management believes, looking forward, that Motorola’s commitment to R&D programs, both to improve existing products and services and to develop new products and services, together with its utilization of state-of -the-art technology, should allow each of its segments to remain competitive.
      R&D expenditures relating to new product development or product improvement were $4.1 billion in 2006, compared to $3.6 billion in 2005 and $3.3 billion in 2004. R&D expenditures increased 14% in 2006 as compared to 2005, after increasing 9% in 2005 as compared to 2004. Motorola continues to believe that a strong commitment


Table of Contents

15
to research and development is required to drive long-term growth. Approximately 27,000 professional employees were engaged in such research activities during 2006.
     
Patents and Trademarks. Motorola seeks to obtain patents and trademarks to protect our proprietary position whenever possible and practical. As of December 31, 2006, Motorola owned approximately 8,652 utility and design patents in the U.S. and 12,024 patents in foreign countries. These foreign patents are mostly counterparts of Motorola’s U.S. patents, but a number result from research conducted outside the U.S. and are originally filed in the country of origin. During 2006, Motorola was granted 735 U.S. utility and design patents. The numbers of patents reported exclude patents sold to Continental AG in its acquisition of the automotive electronics business and include patents assigned to companies acquired by Motorola during 2006. Many of the patents owned by Motorola are used in its operations or licensed for use by others, and Motorola is licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses.
     
Environmental Quality. Compliance with federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, has no material effect on capital expenditures, earnings or the competitive position of Motorola.
     
Employees. At December 31, 2006, there were approximately 66,000 employees of Motorola and its subsidiaries, as compared to approximately 69,000 employees at December 31, 2005.
     
Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations. The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 10, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 11, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region” of Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this document, the “Results of Operations—2006 Compared to 2005” and “Results of Operations—2005 Compared to 2004” sections of Part II, “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item A: Risk Factors” of this document.
Available Information
      We make available free of charge through our website, www.motorola.com/investor, our annual reports on Form  10-K, quarterly reports on Form  10-Q, current reports on Form  8-K, proxy statements, other reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our reports are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Also available free of charge on our website are the following corporate governance documents:
  •  Motorola, Inc. Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  •  Motorola, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws
  •  Motorola, Inc. Board Governance Guidelines
  •  Motorola, Inc. Director Independence Guidelines
  •  Principles of Conduct for Members of the Motorola, Inc. Board of Directors
  •  Motorola Code of Business Conduct, which is applicable to all Motorola employees, including the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and the controller (principal accounting officer)
  •  Audit and Legal Committee Charter
  •  Compensation and Leadership Committee Charter
  •  Governance and Nominating Committee Charter
      All of our reports and corporate governance documents may also be obtained without charge by contacting Investor Relations, Motorola, Inc., Corporate Offices, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196, E-mail: investors@motorola.com , phone: 1-800 -262-8509. Our Internet website and the information contained therein or incorporated therein are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form  10-K.


Table of Contents

16
Item 1A: Risk Factors
       We wish to caution the reader that the following important risk factors, and those risk factors described elsewhere in this report or our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in forward-looking statements contained in this document and elsewhere.
The demand for our products depends in large part on the continued growth of the industries in which we participate. A market decline in any one of these industries could have an adverse effect on our business.
      The rate at which the portions of the telecommunications industry in which we participate continue to grow is critical to our ability to improve our overall financial performance and we could be negatively impacted by a slowdown. Our business was very negatively impacted by the economic slowdown and the corresponding reduction in capital spending by the telecommunications industry from 2001 to 2003.
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.
      Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world and more than half of our net sales are made to customers outside of the U.S. In addition, we have many manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities outside the U.S. and more than half of our employees are employed outside the U.S. Most of our suppliers are outside the U.S. and most of our products are manufactured outside the U.S.
      As with all companies that have sizeable sales and operations outside the U.S., we are exposed to risks that could negatively impact sales or profitability, including but not limited to: (1) tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes; (2) regulations related to customs and import/export matters; (3) longer payment cycles; (4) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., and difficulties in repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner; (5) currency fluctuations, particularly in the Euro, Chinese renminbi and Brazilian real; (6) foreign exchange regulations, which may limit the Company’s ability to convert or repatriate foreign currency; (7) challenges in collecting accounts receivable; (8) cultural and language differences; (9) employment regulations and local labor conditions; (10) difficulties protecting IP in foreign countries; (11) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts; (12) natural disasters; (13) public health issues or outbreaks; and (14) the impact of each of the foregoing on our outsourcing and procurement arrangements.
      Many of our products that are manufactured outside of the U.S. are manufactured in Asia. In particular, we have sizeable operations in China, including manufacturing operations, and 11% of our net sales are made to customers in China. The legal system in China is still developing and is subject to change. Accordingly, our operations and orders for products in China could be adversely impacted by changes to or interpretation of Chinese law. Further, if manufacturing in the region is disrupted, our overall capacity could be significantly reduced and sales or profitability could be negatively impacted.
      We also are increasing our presence and/or selling more of our products in emerging markets such as India and Russia. We face challenges in emerging markets, including creating demand for our products and the negative impact of changes in the laws, or the interpretation of the laws, in those countries.
If the quality of our products does not meet our customers’ expectations, then our sales and operating earnings, and ultimately our reputation, could be adversely affected.
      Occasionally, some of the products we sell have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product, or from the software used in the product. These issues may be caused by the components we purchase from other manufacturers. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in shipping products to customers, or even the cancellation of orders by customers. Sometimes, we discover quality issues in the products after they have been shipped to our distributors or end-user customers, requiring us to resolve such issues in a timely manner that is the least disruptive to our customers. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues can have legal and financial ramifications, including: delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, customer-imposed penalties on Motorola for failure to meet contractual requirements, increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and a negative impact on our goodwill and brand name reputation.


Table of Contents

17
      In some cases, if the quality issue affects the product’s safety or regulatory compliance, then such a “defective” product may need to be recalled. Depending on the nature of the defect and the number of products in the field, it can cause the Company to incur substantial recall costs, in addition to the costs associated with the potential loss of future orders, and the damage to the Company’s goodwill or brand/reputation. In addition, the Company may be required, under certain customer contracts, to pay damages for failed performance that might exceed the revenue that the Company receives from the contracts. Recalls involving regulatory agencies can also result in fines and additional costs. Finally, recalls can result in third-party litigation, including class action litigation by persons alleging common harm resulting from the purchase of the products.
We operate in highly-competitive markets and our financial results will be affected if we are not able to compete effectively.
      The markets for our products are highly competitive with respect to, among other factors: pricing, product and service quality, and the time required to introduce new products and services. The markets for many of our products are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new product introductions, short product life cycles and evolving industry standards. We are constantly exposed to the risk that our competitors may implement new technologies before we do, or may offer lower prices, additional products or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not offer. We can give no assurances that we will be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors.
The uncertainty of current economic and political conditions makes budgeting and forecasting difficult and may reduce demand for our products.
      Current conditions in the domestic and global economies are uncertain. The U.S. involvement in Iraq and other global conflicts, including in the Middle East, as well as public health issues, have created many economic and political uncertainties that have impacted the global economy. As a result, it is difficult to estimate the level of growth for the world economy as a whole. It is even more difficult to estimate growth in various parts of the world economy, including the markets in which we participate. Because all components of our budgeting and forecasting are dependent upon estimates of growth in the markets we serve and demand for our products, the prevailing economic uncertainties render estimates of future income and expenditures difficult.
      We have sizable manufacturing operations and engineering resources in Israel that could be disrupted as a result of hostilities in the region. We also sell our products and services throughout the Middle East and demand for our products and services could be negatively impacted by hostilities.
      The future direction of the overall domestic and global economies will have a significant impact on our overall performance. The potential for future terrorist attacks, increased global conflicts and the escalation of existing conflicts and public health issues has created worldwide uncertainties that have negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact, demand for certain of our products.
Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase a sufficient amount of materials, parts and components to meet the demands of our customers.
      Our ability to meet customers’ demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality materials, parts and components from our suppliers. We have experienced shortages in the past that have adversely affected our operations. Although we work closely with our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the future. Furthermore, certain of our components are available only from a single source or limited sources. We may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. A reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies could have a material adverse effect on our businesses.
Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and technologies and our results can be impacted by our significant investments in new products and technologies.
      The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new product introductions, short product life cycles and evolving industry standards. Our success depends, in substantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products and upgrades of current products to comply with emerging industry standards and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our


Table of Contents

18
competitors. The research and development of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We may focus our resources on technologies that do not become widely accepted and are not commercially viable. In addition, products may contain defects or errors that are detected only after deployment. If our products are not competitive or do not work properly, our business will suffer.
      Our results are subject to risks related to our significant investment in developing and introducing new products, such as: seamless mobility products; advanced wireless handsets; WiMAX and other advanced technologies for wireless broadband networks; products for transmission of telephony and high-speed data over hybrid fiber coaxial cable systems; integrated digital radios; and integrated public safety systems. These risks include: (i) difficulties and delays in the development, production, testing and marketing of products; (ii) customer acceptance of products; (iii) the development of, approval and compliance with industry standards; (iv) the significant amount of resources we must devote to the development of new technology; and (v) the ability to differentiate our products and compete with other companies in the same markets.
      Our success, in part, will be affected by the ability of our wireless businesses to successfully compete in the ever-evolving markets in which we participate. We face intense competition in these markets from both established companies and new entrants. Product life cycles can be short and new products are expensive to develop and bring to market.
Our success is dependent, in part, upon our ability to form successful strategic alliances. If these arrangements do not develop as expected, our business may be adversely impacted.
      We currently partner with industry leaders to meet customer product and service requirements and to develop innovative advances in design and technology. Some of our partnerships allow us to supplement internal manufacturing capacity and share the cost of developing next-generation technologies. Other partnerships allow us to offer more services and features to our customers. If such arrangements do not develop as expected, our business could be adversely impacted.
We rely on third-party distributors, representatives and retailers to sell certain of our products.
      In addition to our own distribution force, we offer our products through a variety of third-party distributors, representatives and retailers. Certain of our distributors or representatives may market products that compete with the Company’s products. The loss, termination or failure of one or more of our distributors or representatives to effectively promote our products, or changes in the financial or business condition of these distributors, representatives or retailers, could affect the Company’s ability to bring its products to market.
Our business will be harmed if we are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third parties, or if our intellectual property protection is inadequate to protect our proprietary rights.
      Because our products are comprised of complex technology, we are involved in litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Third parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, claims against us alleging that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing intellectual property or to obtain licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of such litigation. However, we cannot be certain that any such licenses, if available at all, will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. Also, defending these claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees.
      Our patent and other intellectual property rights are important competitive tools and may generate income under license agreements. We regard our intellectual property rights as proprietary and attempt to protect them with patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to obtain and use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights by third parties and the cost of any litigation necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse impact on our business.
      As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new areas may not be as developed as in


Table of Contents

19
our longer-standing businesses. This may expose us to a heightened risk of litigation and other challenges from competitors in these new markets.
Our future operating results may be negatively impacted if we are not successful in licensing our intellectual property.
      As part of business strategy, primarily in our Mobile Devices business, we strategically license our intellectual property. Our existing intellectual property may not continue to generate sales and operating earnings at current levels and we may not be successful at licensing new intellectual property.
Many of our components and products are manufactured by third parties and if third-party manufacturers lack sufficient quality control or if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-party manufacturers, it may have a material adverse effect on our business.
      We rely on third-party suppliers for many of the components used in our products and we rely on third-party manufacturers to manufacture many of our assemblies and finished products. If we are not able to engage such manufacturers with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, or such third parties lack sufficient quality control or if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third parties, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.
      We also have third-party arrangements for the design or manufacture of certain products, parts and components. If we are not able to engage such parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, or these third parties fail to deliver quality products, parts and components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline.
There is no guarantee that design wins will become actual orders and sales.
      A “design win” occurs when a customer or prospective customer notifies us that our product has been selected to be integrated with the customer’s product. There can be delays of several months or more between the design win and when a customer initiates actual orders. The design win may never become an actual order or sale. Further, if the customer’s plans change, we may commit significant resources to design wins that do not result in actual orders.
We have taken, and continue to take, cost-reduction actions. Our ability to complete these actions and the impact of such actions on our business may be limited by a variety of factors. The cost reduction actions, in turn, may expose us to additional production risk and have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
      We have been reducing costs and simplifying our product portfolios in all of our businesses. We have discontinued product lines, exited businesses, consolidated manufacturing operations, increased manufacturing with third parties and reduced our employee population.
      The impact of these cost-reduction actions on our sales and profitability may be influenced by factors including, but not limited to: (1) our ability to successfully complete these ongoing efforts; (2) our ability to generate the level of cost savings we expect or that are necessary to enable us to effectively compete; (3) delays in implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly-regulated locations outside of the United States, particularly in Europe and Asia; (4) decreases in employee morale and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of employees; (5) our ability to retain or recruit key employees; (6) our manufacturing capacity, including capacity from third parties; and (7) the performance of other parties under contract manufacturing arrangements on which we rely for the manufacture of certain products, parts and components.
      An important cost-reduction action has been to reduce the number of our facilities, including manufacturing facilities. All of our businesses have exited certain facilities or consolidated facilities so that our products are manufactured in fewer facilities. While we have business continuity and risk management plans in place in case capacity is significantly reduced or eliminated at a given facility, the reduced number of alternative facilities could cause the period of any manufacturing disruptions to be longer. As a result, we could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline.


Table of Contents

20
We may not continue to have access to the capital markets to obtain long-term and short-term financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded.
      From time to time we access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Although we believe that we can continue to access the capital markets in 2007 on acceptable terms and conditions, our access and the availability of acceptable terms and conditions are impacted by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings; (ii) the liquidity of the overall capital markets; and (iii) the current state of the economy, including the telecommunications industry. There can be no assurances that we will continue to have access to the capital markets on terms acceptable to the Company.
      The Company’s debt ratings are considered “investment grade”. If our credit ratings were to decline three levels from the current rating, we would no longer be considered investment grade and our financial flexibility would be reduced and our cost of borrowing would increase. Some of the factors that impact our credit ratings, including the overall economic health of the telecommunications industry, are outside of our control. There can be no assurances that our current credit ratings will continue.
      Our commercial paper is rated “A-1/ P-2/ F-1.” Although we continue to issue commercial paper, there can be no assurances that we will continue to have access to the commercial paper markets on terms acceptable to the Company.
We may not be able to borrow funds under our credit facility if we are not able to meet the conditions to borrowing in our facility.
      We view our existing five-year revolving domestic credit facility as a source of available liquidity. This facility contains various conditions, covenants and representations with which we must be in compliance in order to borrow funds. We have never borrowed under this facility or previous domestic revolving credit facilities. However, if we wish to borrow under this facility in the future, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with these conditions, covenants and representations.
We may continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.
      In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities, we have made, and may continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include: (1) the difficulty in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner; (2) the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions; (3) the risk that our markets do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets; (4) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; (5) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations; (6) the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience; (7) risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems; (8) difficulties in expanding information technology systems and other business processes to accommodate the acquired businesses; and (9) future impairments of goodwill of an acquired business.
      In 2006 and early 2007, we made several strategic acquisitions. In January 2007, we acquired Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”). Symbol, which is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola, is being integrated with Motorola and will form the core of Motorola’s enterprise mobility business within our Networks and Enterprise segment. As a result of the acquisition, approximately 5,200 employees joined Motorola. In light of the size of this transaction, some of the risks described above may be more significant.
      Acquisition candidates in the industries in which we participate may carry higher relative valuations (based on their earnings) than we do. This is particularly evident in software and services businesses. Acquiring a business that has a higher valuation than Motorola may be dilutive to our earnings, especially when the acquired business has little or no revenue. In addition, we may not pursue opportunities that are highly dilutive to near-term earnings and have, in the past, foregone certain of these acquisitions.
      Key employees of acquired businesses may receive substantial value in connection with a transaction in the form of change-in -control agreements, acceleration of stock options and the lifting of restrictions on other equity-based compensation rights. To retain such employees and integrate the acquired business, we may offer additional retention incentives, but it may still be difficult to retain certain key employees.


Table of Contents

21
The value of our investments in the securities of various companies fluctuates and it may be difficult for us to realize the value of these investments.
      We hold a portfolio of investments in various companies. Since the majority of these securities represent investments in technology companies, the fair market values of these securities are subject to significant price volatility. In addition, the realizable value of these securities is subject to market and other conditions.
      We also have invested in numerous privately-held companies, many of which can still be considered in startup or developmental stages. These investments are inherently risky as the market for the technologies or products they have under development are typically in the early stages and may never materialize. We could lose all or substantially all of our investments in these companies, and in some cases have.
We purchase a large amount of credit insurance to mitigate some of our credit risks.
      Our ability to sell certain of our receivables could be negatively impacted if we are not able to continue to purchase credit insurance in certain countries and in sufficient quantities. In addition, our success in certain countries may be dependent on our ability to obtain sufficient credit insurance.
It may be difficult for us to recruit and retain the types of highly-skilled employees that are necessary to remain competitive.
      Competition for key technical personnel in high-technology industries is intense. We believe that our future success depends in large part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate, retain and leverage the skills of qualified engineers and other highly-skilled personnel needed to compete and develop successful new products. We may not be as successful as our competitors at recruiting, assimilating, retaining and utilizing these highly-skilled personnel.
The unfavorable outcome of litigation pending or future litigation could materially impact the Company.
      Our financial results could be materially adversely impacted by unfavorable outcomes to any pending or future litigation. See “Item 3 — Legal Proceedings.” There can be no assurances as to the favorable outcome of any litigation.
We are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws.
      Our operations and the products we manufacture and/or sell are subject to a wide range of global environmental, health and safety laws. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future costs, liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities and generally impact our financial performance.
      Some of these laws relate to the use, disposal, clean up of, and exposure to hazardous substances. In the United States, laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or action regardless of fault. Motorola continues to incur disposal cost and has ongoing remediation obligations. Changes to U.S. environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these laws could have a negative impact on Motorola.
      Over the last several years, environmental laws focused on the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories; electronic products and packaging, recycling; and reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products have expanded dramatically. These laws impact our products and make it more expensive to manufacture and sell product. It may also be difficult to comply with the laws in a timely way and we may not have compliant products available in the quantities requested by our customers, thereby impacting our sales and profitability. For example, electronic products sold into Europe were required to meet stringent chemical restrictions by July 1, 2006 under the EU RoHS Directive. China is adopting similar requirements, the first of which require labeling and chemical content disclosure for all electronic products sold into or within China after February 28, 2007. We expect these trends to continue. In addition, we anticipate increased consumer demand for the voluntary reduction or elimination of certain hazardous constituents from our wireless handsets.


Table of Contents

22
We may provide financing and financial guarantees to our customers, some of which may be for significant amounts.
      The competitive environment in which we operate may require us to provide long-term customer financing to a customer in order to win a contract. Customer financing arrangements may include all or a portion of the purchase price for our products and services. In some circumstances, these loans can be very large. We may also assist customers in obtaining financing from banks and other sources and may also provide financial guarantees on behalf of our customers. Our success, particularly in our infrastructure businesses, may be dependent, in part, upon our ability to provide customer financing on competitive terms and on our customers’ creditworthiness.
      We also provide revolving, short-term financing to certain customers and distributors that purchase our equipment. Our success may be dependent, in part, on our ability to provide this financing. Our financial results could be negatively impacted if our customers or distributors fail to repay this revolving, short-term debt and/or our sales to such customers or distributors could be reduced in the event of real or perceived issues about the credit quality of the customer or distributor.
When we lend our customers money in connection with the sale of our equipment, we are at risk of not being repaid.
      While we have generally been able to place a portion of our customer financings with third-party lenders, a portion of these financings are supported directly by us. There can be higher risks of default associated with some of these financings, particularly when provided to start-up operations such as local network providers, customers in developing countries, or customers in specific financing-intensive areas of the industry (such as 3G wireless operators). Should customers fail to meet their obligations on new or existing loans, losses could be incurred and such losses could negatively impact our financial results.
Our large system contracts for infrastructure equipment and the resulting reliance on large customers may negatively impact our business.
      We are exposed to risks due to large system contracts for infrastructure equipment and the resulting reliance on large customers. These include: (1) the technological risks of such contracts, especially when the contracts involve new technology, and (2) financial risks under these contracts, including the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with large contracts and the related impact on operating results. We are also facing increasing competition from traditional system integrators and the defense industry as system contracts become larger and more complicated. Political developments can impact the nature and timing of these large contracts.
It is important that we are able to obtain many different types of insurance, and if we are not able to obtain insurance we are forced to retain the risk.
      The Company has many types of insurance coverage and also self-insures for some risks and obligations. The insurance market was disrupted after the events of September 11, 2001 and the 2005 hurricanes. While the cost and availability of most insurance has stabilized, there are still certain types and levels of insurance that remain unavailable. Natural disasters and certain risks arising from securities claims and public liability are potential self-insured events that could negatively impact our financial performance.
Government regulation of radio frequencies may limit the growth of the wireless communications industry or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.
      Radio frequencies are required to provide wireless services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries throughout the world and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services. The growth of the wireless and personal communications industry may be affected if adequate frequencies are not allocated or, alternatively, if new technologies are not developed to better utilize the frequencies currently allocated for such use. Industry growth has been and may continue to be affected by the cost of new licenses required to use frequencies and any related frequency relocation costs.
      The U.S. leads the world in spectrum deregulation, allowing new wireless communications technologies to be developed and offered for sale. Examples include wireless local area network systems, such as WiFi, and wide area network systems, such as WiMAX. Other countries have also deregulated portions of the available spectrum to allow these and other technologies, which can be offered without spectrum license costs. Deregulation may introduce new competition and new opportunities for Motorola and our customers.


Table of Contents

23
Changes in government policies and laws or economic conditions may adversely affect our financial results.
      Our results may be affected by changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations, or other activities of U.S. and non-U.S.  governments, agencies and similar organizations. Our results may also be affected by social and economic conditions, which impact our operations, including in emerging markets in Asia, India, Latin America and Eastern Europe, and in markets subject to ongoing political hostilities and war, including the Middle East.
      In addition, there are currently few laws or regulations that apply directly to access to, or commerce on, the Internet. We could be adversely affected by any such regulation in any country where we operate. The adoption of such measures could decrease demand for our products and at the same time increase the cost of selling such products.
Consolidations in both the cable and telecommunication industries may adversely impact our business.
      The cable and telecommunication industries have experienced consolidation, and this trend is expected to continue according to industry estimates. Industry consolidation could result in delays of purchases or in the selection of new suppliers by the merged companies to equipment suppliers such as Motorola and our competitors.
      Due to continuing consolidation within the cable industry worldwide, a small number of operators own a majority of cable television systems and account for a significant portion of the capital spending made by cable television system operators. Net sales to the Connected Home Solutions segment’s largest customer, Comcast represented approximately 29% of the Connected Home Solutions segment’s total net sales in 2006.
Regulatory changes impacting our cable products may adversely impact our business.
      Currently, reception of digital television programming from the cable broadband network requires a set-top box with certain technology. This security technology has limited the availability of set-top boxes to those manufactured by a few cable network manufacturers, including Motorola. The FCC has enacted regulations requiring separation of security functionality from set-top boxes to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-top boxes in the retail market by July 1, 2007. Traditionally, cable service providers sold or leased the set-top box to their customer. If the retail market develops for set-top boxes and televisions capable of accepting the security modules, sales of our set-top boxes may be negatively impacted. In addition, we risk lost sales if competitors bring set-top boxes with separable security to market before we do.
We rely on complex information technology systems and networks to operate our business. Any significant system or network disruption could have a material adverse impact on our operations, sales and operating results.
      We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems and networks. All information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to computer viruses, security breach, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures. There also may be system or network disruptions if new or upgraded business management systems are defective or are not installed properly. We have implemented various measures to manage our risks related to system and network disruptions, but a system failure or security breach could negatively impact our operations and financial results. In addition, we may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these disruptions or security breaches.
Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile.
      Our share price has been volatile due, in part, to generally volatile securities markets, and the volatility in the telecommunications and technology companies’ securities markets in particular. Factors other than our financial results that may affect our share price include, but are not limited to, market expectations of our performance, capital spending plans of our customers, and the level of perceived growth in the industries in which we participate.
The level of returns on pension and retirement plan assets could affect our earnings in future periods.
      The funding obligations for our pension plans are impacted by the performance of the financial markets, particularly the equity markets, and interest rates. Funding obligations are determined under government regulations and are measured each year based on the value of assets and liabilities on a specific date. If the financial markets do not provide the long-term returns that are expected under the governmental funding calculations we could be


Table of Contents

24
required to make larger contributions. The equity markets can be, and recently have been, very volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can impact our contribution requirements. In a low interest rate environment, the likelihood of required contributions in the future increases.
Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.
      Compliance with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and changes to the New York Stock Exchange rules, has required us to expend significant resources and incur additional expenses and will continue to do so. We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance and public disclosure. As a result, we will continue to invest necessary resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities.
The outcome of currently ongoing and future examinations of our income tax returns by the IRS.
      We are subject to continued examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuing examinations will not have an adverse effect on future operating results.
Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments
       None.
Item 2: Properties
       Motorola’s principal executive offices are located at 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196. Motorola also operates manufacturing facilities and sales offices in other U.S. locations and in many other countries. (See “Item 1: Business” for information regarding the location of the principal manufacturing facilities for each of Motorola’s business segments.) Motorola owns 41 facilities (manufacturing, sales, service and office), 21 of which are located in North America and 20 of which are located in other countries. Motorola leases 295 facilities, 90 of which are located in North America and 205 of which are located in other countries.
      As compared to 2005, the number of facilities owned or leased, excluding new acquisitions, was reduced primarily because of the optimization of space and workplace mobility programs being utilized instead of adding sites and space. New business acquisitions closed to date have added 21 sites to the Motorola real estate portfolio worldwide. In addition, as part of Motorola’s overall strategy to reduce operating costs and improve the financial performance of the corporation, a number of businesses and facilities have either been sold or are currently for sale. During 2006, facilities in Rohnert Park, California and Ichon, Korea and land parcels in Elgin, Illinois and Tempe, Arizona were sold. A facility in Deer Park, Illinois was sold as part of the sale of the automotive electronics business. Sites at Glen Rock, New Jersey and Guangzhou, China and land parcels in Anderson, South Carolina and Tempe, Arizona are currently up for sale.
      Motorola generally considers the productive capacity of the plants operated by each of its business segments to be adequate and sufficient for the requirements of each business group. The extent of utilization of such manufacturing facilities varies from plant to plant and from time to time during the year.
      A substantial portion of Motorola’s products are manufactured in Asia, primarily China, either in our own facilities or in the facilities of others who manufacture and assemble products for Motorola. If manufacturing in the region was disrupted, Motorola’s overall productive capacity could be significantly reduced.


Table of Contents

25
Item 3: Legal Proceedings
Personal Injury Cases
Cases relating to Wireless Telephone Usage
      On May 26, 2000, a purported nationwide class action suit Naquin, et al., v. Nokia Mobile Phones, et al. was filed against Motorola and several other cellular phone manufacturers and carriers in the Civil District Court for the Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana. The case alleges the failure to incorporate a remote headset into cellular phones rendered the phones defective by exposing users to biological injury and health risks and plaintiffs seek compensatory damages and injunctive relief. Similar state class action suits were filed on April 19, 2001, in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, Pinney and Colonell v. Nokia, Inc. et al., and in the Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Farina v. Nokia, Inc., et al.; and on April 20, 2001, in the Supreme Court of the Sate of New York, County of Bronx, Gilliam et al., v. Nokia, Inc., et al. During 2001, after removal to federal court, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (“MDL Panel”) transferred the above four cases to the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (the “MDL Court”) for coordinated or consolidated pretrial proceedings in the matter called In re Wireless Telephone Radio Frequency Emissions Products Liability Litigation (the “MDL Proceeding”).
      The Pinney and Gilliam plaintiffs dismissed these cases without prejudice in April and March 2006, respectively. On November 6, 2006, plaintiffs dismissed the Naquin case without prejudice.
      In 2005, as a result of a decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit, the Farina case was remanded to Pennsylvania state courts from which it was removed. In late 2005 and early 2006, Plaintiffs in Farina amended their complaints to add allegations that cellular telephones sold without headsets are defective because they present a safety risk when used while driving and to seek punitive damages. Farina also seeks declaratory relief and treble and statutory damages. After the Farina complaint was amended, on February 17, 2006, a newly-added defendant to the Farina case removed the case to federal court. As of June 15, 2006, the MDL Panel formally transferred the newly-removed Farina case to the MDL Court. On November 10, 2006, defendants moved to dismiss Farina and filed a motion for referral to the FCC. On November 10, 2006, plaintiff moved to remand Farina to state court. Plaintiff also filed an alternative motion for suggestion of remand to the transferor court in Philadelphia. All Farina motions are pending before the MDL Court.
      During 2001 and 2002, several additional cases were filed alleging that use of a cellular phone caused a malignant brain tumor : Murray v. Motorola, Inc., et al. , filed November 15, 2001, in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia; Agro et. al., v. Motorola, Inc., et al ., filed February 26, 2002, in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia; Cochran et. al., v. Audiovox Corporation, et al ., filed February 26, 2002, in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia and S chofield et. al., v. Matsushita Electric Corporation of America, et al. , filed February 26, 2002, in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia. Each complaint seeks compensatory damages in excess of $25 million, consequential damages in excess of $25 million and punitive and/or exemplary damages in excess of $100 million. These cases were removed to federal court and transferred to the MDL Court. On July 19, 2004, the MDL Court found that there was no federal court jurisdiction over Murray, Agro, Cochran and Schofield and remanded those cases to the Superior Court for the District of Columbia. On November 30, 2004, defendants moved to dismiss the Murray, Agro, Cochran and Schofield complaints. That motion remains pending before the Superior Court for the District of Columbia.
      Brower v. Motorola, Inc., et al., filed April 19, 2001, in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Diego, also seeks relief on behalf of an individual who had brain cancer. A first amended complaint was filed in Brower to add class allegations that defendants engaged in deceptive and misleading actions by falsely stating that cellular phones are safe and by failing to disclose studies that allegedly show cellular phones can cause harm. Brower seeks injunctive relief, restitution, compensatory and punitive damages and disgorgement of profits. On September 9, 2002, Dahlgren v. Motorola, Inc., et al., was filed in the D.C. Superior Court containing class claims similar to Brower. Dahlgren seeks injunctive and equitable relief, actual damages, treble or statutory damages, punitive damages and a constructive trust. These two cases were also removed to federal court and transferred to the MDL Court. On June 10, 2005, the Dahlgren case was remanded to the Superior Court for the District of Columbia. On December 9, 2005, plaintiff filed an amended complaint in Dahlgren. Defendants moved to dismiss Dahlgren on February 3, 2006. That motion is still pending. On February 15, 2006, the MDL Court remanded Brower to California state court. The California state court set a deadline of January 19, 2007, for the filing of an amended complaint. To date, no amended complaint has been filed.


Table of Contents

26
Iridium-Related Cases
Class Action Securities Lawsuits
      Motorola has been named as one of several defendants in putative class action securities lawsuits arising out of alleged misrepresentations or omissions regarding the Iridium satellite communications business, which on March 15, 2001, were consolidated in the federal district court in the District of Columbia under Freeland v. Iridium World Communications, Inc., et al., originally filed on April 22, 1999. Plaintiff’s motion for class certification was granted on January 9, 2006 and the trial is scheduled to begin on May 22, 2008.
Bankruptcy Court Lawsuit
      Motorola was sued by the Official Committee of the Unsecured Creditors of Iridium in the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on July 19, 2001. In re Iridium Operating LLC, et al. v. Motorola asserts claims for breach of contract, warranty, fiduciary duty and fraudulent transfer and preferences, and seeks in excess of $4 billion in damages. Trial began on the solvency portion of these claims on October 23, 2006.
      On March 30, 2001, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York presiding over the Iridium bankruptcy proceeding approved a settlement between the unsecured creditors of the Iridium Debtors and the Iridium Debtors’ pre-petition secured lenders. The settlement agreement creates and provides for the funding of a litigation vehicle for the purpose of pursuing litigation against Motorola. Motorola appealed the approval of the settlement to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On April 7, 2005, the District Court entered an order denying Motorola’s appeal and affirming the settlement. On May 4, 2005, Motorola filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The appeal is fully briefed and argued and remains pending.
Iridium India Lawsuits
      Motorola and certain of its current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in a private criminal complaint filed by Iridium India Telecom Ltd. (“Iridium India”) in October 2001 in the Court of the Extra Judicial Magistrate, First Class, Khadki, Pune, India. The Iridium India Telecom Ltd. v. Motorola, Inc. et al. complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to, and did, commit the criminal offense of “cheating” by fraudulently inducing Iridium India to purchase gateway equipment from Motorola, to acquire Iridium stock, and to invest in developing a market for Iridium services in India. Under the Indian penal code, “cheating” is punishable by imprisonment for up to 7 years and a fine of any amount. The court may also require defendants to compensate the victim for its losses, which the complaint estimates at about $100 million. In August 2003, the Bombay High Court granted Motorola’s petition to dismiss the criminal action against Motorola and the individual defendants. Iridium India has petitioned the Indian Supreme Court to exercise its discretion to review that dismissal, and that petition is pending.
      In September 2002, Iridium India also filed a civil suit in the Bombay High Court against Motorola and Iridium. The suit alleges fraud, intentional misrepresentation and negligent misrepresentation by Motorola and Iridium in inducing Iridium India to purchase gateway equipment from Motorola, to acquire Iridium stock, and to invest in developing a market for Iridium services in India. Iridium India claims in excess of $200 million in damages and interest. Following extensive proceedings in the trial court and on appeal related to Iridium India’s motion for interim relief, Motorola has deposited approximately $44 million in a specially designated account in India, and the Indian Supreme Court has accepted for a full hearing at a later date Motorola’s appeal regarding interim relief.
Shareholder Derivative Case—Iridium and Telsim
      M & C Partners III v. Galvin, et al., filed January 10, 2002, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, is a shareholder derivative action against fifteen current and former members of the Motorola Board of Directors and Motorola as a nominal defendant. The lawsuit alleges that the Motorola directors breached their fiduciary duty to the Company and/or committed gross mismanagement of Motorola’s business and assets by allowing Motorola to engage in improper practices with respect to Iridium and Telsim (as defined below).
      In April 2006, the Court held that the plaintiff could not pursue its Iridium-related claims, but denied without prejudice plaintiff’s motion to file a Third Amended Complaint with respect to new allegations pertaining to Telsim. Following the Court’s ruling for defendants on the Iridium-related claims and plaintiff’s July 20, 2006 demand with respect to Telsim-related claims, the Motorola Board of Directors appointed an investigatory committee to investigate those Telsim-related claims.


Table of Contents

27
      An unfavorable outcome in one or more of the Iridium-related cases still pending could have a material adverse effect on Motorola’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
Telsim-Related Cases
      In April 2001, Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. (“Telsim”), a wireless telephone operator in Turkey, defaulted on the payment of approximately $2 billion of loans owed to Motorola and its subsidiaries (the “Telsim Loans”). Motorola fully reserved the carrying value of the Telsim Loans in the second quarter of 2002. The Uzan family controlled Telsim until 2004 when an agency of the Turkish government took over control of Telsim. Telsim was sold by the Turkish government to Vodafone in 2006. Motorola received payment from the sale, pursuant to the settlement described below. Motorola is involved in several matters related to Telsim.
October 2005 Settlement
      In 2005, Motorola signed an agreement resolving its disputes regarding the Telsim Loans with Telsim and the Government of Turkey (the “Telsim Dispute Agreement”). Under the Telsim Dispute Agreement, Motorola was paid $410 million on May 24, 2006 (in addition to the $500 million Motorola received pursuant to the Telsim Dispute Agreement in 2005) upon Vodafone’s completion of its acquisition of Telsim as final payment. Motorola also agreed that it will not pursue collection efforts against the three corporate defendants under TMSF control (Unikom Iletisim Hizmetleri Pazarlama A.S., Standart Pazarlama A.S., and Standart Telekomunikasyon Bilgisayar Hizmetleri A.S.) (the “Corporate Defendants”), that are subject to its final judgment in the U.S. courts related to the matter. The Telsim Dispute Agreement permits Motorola to continue its efforts (except in Turkey and three other countries, which restriction is subject to certain conditions) to enforce the U.S. Judgment described below against the Uzan family. In addition, pursuant to the Telsim Dispute Agreement, Telsim and its related companies have dismissed all litigation, including arbitrations, pending against Motorola.
U.S. Judgment
      The Company continues its efforts to collect on its judgment of $2.13 billion (the “U.S. Judgment”) for compensatory damages rendered by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “District Court”) against the Uzans on July 31, 2003 and affirmed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) in 2004 and in connection with foreign proceedings against the Uzan family. However, the Company believes that the ongoing litigation, collection and/or settlement processes against the Uzan family will be very lengthy in light of the Uzans’ continued resistance to satisfy the judgment against them and their decision to violate various courts’ orders, including orders holding them in contempt of court. Following a remand from the Second Circuit of the U.S. Judgment by the District Court, on February 8, 2006, the District Court awarded a judgment in favor of Motorola for $1 billion in punitive damages against the Uzan family and their co-conspirator, Antonio Luna Bettancourt. The defendants have appealed this judgment to the Second Circuit.
Class Action Securities Lawsuits
      A purported class action lawsuit, Barry Family LP v. Carl F. Koenemann , was filed against the former chief financial officer of Motorola on December 24, 2002 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging breach of fiduciary duty and violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule  10b-5. In 2003, it was consolidated with a number of related cases as In re Motorola Securities Litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (the “Illinois District Court”). The plaintiffs allege that the price of Motorola’s stock was artificially inflated by a failure to disclose vendor financing to Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. (“Telsim”), in connection with the sale of telecommunications equipment by Motorola as well as other related aspects of Motorola’s dealings with Telsim. On August 25, 2004, the Illinois District Court issued its decision on Motorola’s motion to dismiss, granting the motion in part and denying it in part. The court dismissed without prejudice the fraud claims against the individual defendants and denied the motion to dismiss as to Motorola. The plaintiffs chose not to file an amended complaint; therefore, the fraud claims against the individual defendants are dismissed. The court, however, declined to dismiss the plaintiffs’ claims that the individual defendants were “controlling persons of Motorola.” During 2005, the court certified the case as a class action. The case is scheduled for trial beginning April 16, 2007.
      A purported class action, Howell v. Motorola, Inc., et al. , was filed against Motorola and various of its directors, officers and employees in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois on July 21, 2003, alleging breach of fiduciary duty and violations of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act


Table of Contents

28
(“ERISA”). The complaint alleged that the defendants had improperly permitted participants in the Motorola 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase or hold shares of common stock of Motorola because the price of Motorola’s stock was artificially inflated by a failure to disclose vendor financing to Telsim in connection with the sale of telecommunications equipment by Motorola. The plaintiff sought to represent a class of participants in the Plan for whose individual accounts the Plan purchased or held shares of common stock of Motorola from “May 16, 2000 to the present”, and sought an unspecified amount of damages. On September 30, 2005, the district court dismissed the second amended complaint filed on October 15, 2004 (the “Howell Complaint”). Plaintiff filed an appeal to the dismissal on October 27, 2005. In addition, on October 19, 2005, plaintiff’s counsel filed a motion seeking to add a new lead plaintiff and assert the same claims set forth in the Howell Complaint (the “October 19 th  Motion”). On August 11, 2006, the district court denied the October 19 th  Motion, finding the second purported plaintiff lacked standing to sue. Plaintiff filed an appeal. On November 20, 2006, the appeals court dismissed the second appeal. Three new purported lead plaintiffs have since intervened in the case, and have filed a motion for class certification seeking to represent Plan participants for whose individual accounts the Plan purchased and/or held shares of Motorola common stock from May 16, 2000 through December 31, 2002.
Securities and Exchange Commission Investigation
      Motorola was involved in an investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding Telsim matters. On February 5, 2007, the investigation was terminated by the SEC and the Company was notified that no enforcement action was recommended by the SEC.
Charter Communications Class Action Securities Litigation
      On August 5, 2002, Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC filed a purported class action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri (“District Court”) against Charter Communications, Inc. (“Charter”) and certain of its officers, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule  10b-5 promulgated thereunder relating to Charter securities. This complaint did not name Motorola as a defendant, but asserted that Charter and the other named defendants had violated the securities laws in connection with, inter alia, a transaction with Motorola. On August 5, 2003, the plaintiff amended its complaint to add Motorola, Inc. as a defendant. As to Motorola, the amended complaint alleges a claim under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule  10b-5(a) -(c) promulgated thereunder relating to Charter securities and seeks an award of compensatory damages. The District Court issued a final judgment dismissing Motorola from the case which plaintiff appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit (“Court of Appeals”). On April 11, 2006, the Court of Appeals affirmed the final judgment of the District Court dismissing Motorola from the case. On July 7, 2006 plaintiff filed a petition for certiorari seeking review of the Court of Appeals decision by the United States Supreme Court. On October 20, 2006, Motorola submitted its response opposing the petition.
In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation
      On December 22, 2003, Motorola was named as a defendant in two cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation (the “Adelphia MDL”). The Adelphia MDL consists of at least fourteen individual cases and one purported class action that were filed in or have been transferred to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. First, Motorola was named as a defendant in the Second Amended Complaint in the individual case of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co. L.L.C. v. Deloitte & Touche LLP, et al. (the “Huff Complaint”) This case was originally filed by W.R. Huff Asset Management Co. L.L.C. on June 7, 2002, in the United States District Court for the Western District of New York and was subsequently transferred to the Southern District of New York as related to the Adelphia MDL. Several other individual and corporate defendants are also named in the amended complaint along with Motorola.
      As to Motorola, the complaint alleges a claim arising under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule  10b-5 promulgated thereunder relating to Adelphia securities, and seeks recovery of the consideration paid by plaintiff for Adelphia debt securities, compensatory damages, costs and expenses of litigation and other relief. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss this complaint on March 8, 2004, which is awaiting decision.
      Also on December 22, 2003, Motorola was named as a defendant in Stocke v. John J. Rigas, et al. This case was originally filed in Pennsylvania and was subsequently transferred to the Southern District of New York as related to the Adelphia MDL. Several other individual and corporate defendants are also named in the amended complaint along with Motorola. As to Motorola, the complaint generally makes the same allegations as the Huff Complaint and a state law claim of aiding and abetting fraud relating to Adelphia securities. The complaint seeks


Table of Contents

29
return of the consideration paid by plaintiff for Adelphia securities, punitive damages and other relief. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss this complaint on April 12, 2004 which is awaiting decision.
      On July 23, 2004, Motorola was named as a defendant in Argent Classic Convertible Arbitrage Fund L.P., et al. v. Scientific-Atlanta, Inc., et al. (the “Argent Complaint”). The Argent Complaint was filed against Scientific Atlanta and Motorola in the Southern District of New York. The Argent Complaint generally makes the same allegations as the other previously-disclosed cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation that have been transferred to the Southern District of New York. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and other relief. On October 12, 2004, Motorola filed a motion to dismiss the Argent Complaint which is awaiting decision.
      On September 14, 2004, Motorola was named in a complaint filed in state court in Los Angeles, California, naming Motorola and Scientific-Atlanta and certain officers of Scientific-Atlanta, Los Angeles County Employees Retirement Association et al. v. Motorola, Inc., et al. The complaint raises claims under California law for aiding and abetting fraud and conspiracy to defraud and generally makes the same allegations as the other previously-disclosed cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation that have been transferred to the Southern District of New York. There are no new substantive allegations. The complaint seeks compensatory damages, opportunity-cost damages, punitive and other exemplary damages and other relief. In late 2004, the Multi-District Litigation Panel transferred the case to federal court in New York, which transfer is now final. On September 19, 2005, Motorola filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in this action which is awaiting decision.
      On October 25, 2004, Motorola was named in a complaint filed in state court in Fulton County, Georgia, naming Motorola and Scientific-Atlanta and certain officers of Scientific-Atlanta, AIG DKR SoundShore Holdings, Ltd., et al. v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc., et al. The complaint raises claims under Georgia law of conspiracy to defraud and generally makes the same allegations as the other previously disclosed cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation that have already been filed and transferred to the Southern District of New York. The complaint seeks damages and statutory compensation, punitive damages and other relief. On April 18, 2005, the Multi-District Litigation Panel issued a final order transferring the case to New York and that transfer is final. On September 19, 2005, Motorola filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in this action which is awaiting decision.
Adelphia Communications Corp.—Related Cases
           Bankruptcy Court Lawsuit
      On June 23, 2006, Adelphia objected to Motorola’s claim for payment of $67 million and asserted causes of action against Motorola including preferences, avoidance of liens, fraudulent transfers, equitable subordination and aiding and abetting fraud as part of the ongoing Adelphia bankruptcy action in the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. Plaintiff is alleging damages in excess of $1 billion against Motorola for the above stated causes of action.
           Securities and Exchange Commission Investigation
      Motorola is involved in an ongoing investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding Adelphia matters, which remains outstanding. However, the Company has reached a settlement agreement with the staff of the Northeast Regional office of the SEC that is subject to final approval of the Commission.
      Motorola is a defendant in various other suits, claims and investigations that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, and other than discussed above with respect to the Iridium cases, the ultimate disposition of the Company’s pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.


Table of Contents

30
Item 4: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
       Not applicable.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
      Following are the persons who were the executive officers of Motorola as of February 28, 2007, their ages as of January 1, 2007, their current titles and positions they have held during the last five years:
      Edward J. Zander; age 59; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since January 2004; Managing Director of Silver Lake Partners from July 2003 to December 2003; President and COO of Sun Microsystems, Inc. from January 1998 until June 2002.
      Gregory Q. Brown; age 46; Executive Vice President, President, Networks and Enterprise since January 2005; Executive Vice President and President, Commercial, Government and Industrial Solutions Sector from January 2003 to January 2005; Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Micromuse, Inc. from February 1999 to December 2002.
      David W. Devonshire; age 61; Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since April 2002; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ingersoll-Rand Company from January 2000 to January 2002.
      Ruth A. Fattori; age 54; Executive Vice President, Human Resources since November 2004; Senior Vice President, JP Morgan Chase & Co., from April 2003 to November 2004; Executive Vice President, Process and Productivity, Conseco, Inc. from January 2001 to December 2002; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Siemens Corporation from October 1999 to January 2001.
      Kenneth C. Keller, Jr.; age 45; Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer since October 2006; Global Leader, Infant Nutrition, HJ Heinz Company from July 2006-October 2006; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Heinz Italy from June 2004 to June 2006; Chief Growth Officer of HJ Heinz Company from January 2003 to May 2004; Managing Director (US) and Global Leader—Ketchup, Condiments and Sauces, HJ Heinz Company from January 2000 to December 2003.
      A. Peter Lawson; age 60; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 1998.
      Daniel M. Moloney; age 47; Executive Vice President, President, Connected Home Solutions since January 2005; Executive Vice President and President, Broadband Communications Sector (“BCS”) from June 2002 to January 2005; Senior Vice President and General Manager, IP Systems Group, BCS from February 2000 to June 2002.
      Patricia B. Morrison; age 47; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer since February 2007; Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer since July 2005; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer of Office Depot, Inc. from January 2002 to April 2005.
      Richard N. Nottenburg; age 52; Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer since March 2005; Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer from July 2004 to March 2005; Strategic Advisor to Motorola, Inc. February 2004 to July 2004; Vice President and General Manager of Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation from August 2003 to January 2004; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Multilink from January 1995 to August 2003.
      Stuart C. Reed; age 45; Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer since February 2006; Senior Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer from April 2005 to February 2006; Vice President, Worldwide Manufacturing and Engineering, Integrated Supply Chain, IBM Corporation (“IBM”) from January 2005 to April 2005; Vice President, Systems, Storage and Software Products, IBM from August 2004 to January 2005; Vice President, Systems and Storage, Worldwide Manufacturing Operations, IBM from January 2003 to August 2004; Vice President, Strategy, Process and Systems, IBM from January 2002 to January 2003; Vice President, Integrated Supply Chain, IBM from June 1999 to January 2002.
      Padmasree Warrior; age 46; Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer since March 2005; Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer from January 2003 to March 2005; Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Energy Systems Group, Integrated Electronic Systems Sector from April 2002 to January 2003; Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Thoughtbeam, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola, Inc., from October 2001 to April 2002.
      The above executive officers will serve as executive officers of Motorola until the regular meeting of the Board of Directors in May 2007 or until their respective successors shall have been elected. There is no family relationship between any of the executive officers listed above.


Table of Contents

31
PART II
Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
       Motorola’s common stock is listed on the New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges. The number of stockholders of record of Motorola common stock on January 31, 2007 was 75,892.
      The remainder of the response to this Item incorporates by reference Note 16, “Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
      The following table provides information with respect to acquisitions by the Company of shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2006.
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
                                   
                (d) Maximum Number
            (c) Total Number   (or Approximate Dollar
            of Shares Purchased   Value) of Shares that
    (a) Total Number   (b) Average Price   as Part of Publicly   May Yet Be Purchased
    of Shares   Paid per   Announced Plans   Under the Plans or
Period   Purchased (1)(4)   Share (1)(2)   or Programs (3)(4)   Programs (5)
 
10/1/06 to 10/28/06
    5,284     $ 25.82       0     $ 4,500,000,000  
10/29/06 to 11/25/06
    15,613,158     $ 22.39       15,613,158     $ 4,150,401,669  
11/26/06 to 12/31/06
    16,430,030     $ 21.29       16,425,602     $ 3,800,689,819  
                         
 
Total
    32,048,472     $ 21.83       32,038,760          
                         
 
(1)  In addition to purchases under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program (as defined below), included in this column are transactions under the Company’s equity compensation plans involving the delivery to the Company of 8,445 shares of Motorola common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock granted to Company employees and the surrender of 1,267 shares of Motorola common stock to pay the option exercise price in connection with the exercise of employee stock options.
 
(2)  Average price paid per share of stock repurchased under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program is execution price, excluding commissions paid to brokers.
 
(3)  On May 18, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period of up to 36 months ending in May 2008, subject to market conditions (the “2005 Stock Repurchase Program”). On July 24, 2006, the Company announced that it entered into an agreement to repurchase approximately $1.2 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock. This repurchase, which was accomplished through an accelerated stock buyback (“ASB”) agreement, together with all repurchases made prior to the date thereof, completed the repurchases authorized under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program. Under the ASB the Company immediately paid $1.2 billion and received an initial 37.9 million shares in July followed by an additional 11.3 million shares in August. In October, the Company received an additional 1.3 million shares, as the final adjustment under the ASB. The total shares repurchased under the ASB were 50.5 million.
 
(4)  The 1.3 million shares delivered under the ASB that were delivered in October, but paid for in July, have not been reflected in October purchases.
 
(5)  The Company also announced on July 24, 2006 that its Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to an additional $4.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period of up to 36 months ending in June 2009, subject to market conditions (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”).


Table of Contents

32
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
      The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total returns of Motorola, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Communications Equipment Index.
      This graph assumes $100 was invested in the stock or the Index on December 31, 2001 and also assumes the reinvestment of dividends. This graph assumes reinvestment of the Company’s distribution to its shareholders of 0.110415 shares of Class B common stock of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale Class B Shares”) on December 2, 2004 for each share of Motorola common stock. For purposes of this graph, the Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. distribution is treated as a non-taxable cash dividend of $2.06 (the value of 0.110415 Freescale Class B Shares, based on Freescale Semiconductor’s December 2, 2004 closing price of $18.69) that would have been reinvested in Motorola common stock at the close of business on December 2, 2004.
Five-Year Performance Graph
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)


Table of Contents

33
Item 6: Selected Financial Data
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Five Year Financial Summary
                                             
    Years Ended December 31
     
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)   2006   2005   2004   2003   2002
 
Operating Results
                                       
 
Net sales
  $ 42,879     $ 35,262     $ 29,663     $ 21,718     $ 22,105  
 
Costs of sales
    30,152       23,833       19,698       14,567       14,812  
     
 
Gross margin
    12,727       11,429       9,965       7,151       7,293  
     
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    4,504       3,628       3,508       3,084       3,703  
 
Research and development expenditures
    4,106       3,600       3,316       2,849       2,777  
 
Other charges (income)
    25       (404 )     149       77       1,384  
     
 
Operating earnings (loss)
    4,092       4,605       2,992       1,141       (571 )
     
 
Other income (expense):
                                       
   
Interest income (expense), net
    326       71       (200 )     (296 )     (347 )
   
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    41       1,845       460       540       81  
   
Other
    151       (109 )     (140 )     (141 )     (1,343 )
     
 
Total other income (expense)
    518       1,807       120       103       (1,609 )
     
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    4,610       6,412       3,112       1,244       (2,180 )
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
    1,349       1,893       1,013       403       (760 )
     
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    3,261       4,519       2,099       841       (1,420 )
 
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    400       59       (567 )     52       (1,065 )
     
 
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532     $ 893     $ (2,485 )
 
Per Share Data (in dollars)
                                       
 
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share
  $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ 0.87     $ 0.36     $ (0.62 )
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
    1.46       1.81       0.64       0.38       (1.09 )
 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions)
    2,504.2       2,527.0       2,472.0       2,351.2       2,282.3  
 
Dividends paid per share
  $ 0.18     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
 
Balance Sheet
                                       
 
Total assets
  $ 38,593     $ 35,802     $ 30,922     $ 31,999     $ 31,152  
 
Long-term debt and redeemable preferred securities
    2,704       3,806       4,581       6,007       6,477  
 
Total debt and redeemable preferred securities
    4,397       4,254       5,298       6,876       7,975  
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    17,142       16,673       13,331       12,689       11,239  
 
Other Data
                                       
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 649     $ 548     $ 405     $ 309     $ 332  
   
% of sales
    1.5 %     1.6 %     1.4 %     1.4 %     1.5 %
 
Research and development expenditures
  $ 4,106     $ 3,600     $ 3,316     $ 2,849     $ 2,777  
   
% of sales
    9.6 %     10.2 %     11.2 %     13.1 %     12.6 %
 
Year-end employment (in thousands)*
    66       69       68       88       97  
 
Employment decrease in 2004 primarily reflects the impact of the spin-off of Freescale Semiconductor.


Table of Contents

34
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
PART II
Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
       The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position and results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. This commentary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto which appear beginning under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Executive Overview
What businesses are we in?
      Motorola reports financial results for the following three operating business segments:
  The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. The segment’s net sales in 2006 were $28.4 billion, representing 66% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
  The Networks and Enterprise segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems to public carriers and other wireless service providers (referred to as the “public networks” market), and (ii) analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems, as well as wireless broadband systems, to a wide range of public safety, government, utility, transportation and other worldwide enterprise markets (referred to as the “private networks” market). In January 2007, the segment completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”), a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to -end enterprise mobility solutions. Symbol will become the cornerstone of the segment’s enterprise mobility strategy. The segment’s net sales in 2006 were $11.2 billion, representing 26% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
  The Connected Home Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells and services: (i) cable television, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network set-top boxes (“digital entertainment devices”), (ii)  end-to -end digital video system solutions, (iii) broadband access networks, and (iv)  IP-based data and voice products (including modems). The segment’s net sales in 2006 were $3.3 billion, representing 8% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
What were our 2006 financial highlights?
  Net Sales Increased 22%: Our net sales were $42.9 billion in 2006, up 22% from $35.3 billion in 2005. Net sales increased in all three of our operating segments.
 
  Operating Earnings were $4.1 Billion: We generated operating earnings of $4.1 billion in 2006, a decrease of 11% compared to operating earnings of $4.6 billion in 2005. Operating margin was 9.5% of net sales in 2006, compared to 13.1% of net sales in 2005.
 
  Earnings From Continuing Operations were $3.3 Billion: We generated earnings from continuing operations of $3.3 billion in 2006, a 28% decrease compared to earnings from continuing operations of $4.5 billion in 2005.
 
  Earnings From Continuing Operations of $1.30 per Share: Our earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share were $1.30 in 2006, compared to earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share of $1.79 in 2005.
 
  Operating Cash Flow of $3.5 Billion: We generated operating cash flow of $3.5 billion in 2006, compared to operating cash flow of $4.3 billion in 2005.
 
  Net Cash * Increased by 7%: We increased our net cash position by $712 million during 2006 and ended the year with a net cash position of $11.2 billion.
 
Net Cash = Cash and cash equivalents + Sigma Funds + Short-term investments - Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt — Long-term Debt


Table of Contents

35
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Gains on Sales of Investments and Businesses Decreased by $1.8 Billion: In 2005, we recognized $1.8 billion of net gains relating to our equity investments in other companies, primarily from gains on our shares of Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”), and its predecessors. In 2006, net gains from the sale of equity investments were $41 million, a decrease of $1.8 billion.
 
  171.7 Million Shares of Motorola Common Stock Repurchased for $3.8 Billion: During 2006, the Company repurchased 171.7 million of its common shares for an aggregate cost of $3.8 billion. In 2005, when the Company initiated the first stock repurchase program in its history, it repurchased 41.7 million common shares at a cost of $874 million.
What were the financial highlights for our three operating businesses in 2006?
  In Our Mobile Devices Business: Net sales increased by $6.9 billion, or 32%, to $28.4 billion and operating earnings increased by 23% to $2.7 billion. As the second largest worldwide supplier of wireless handsets, we shipped 217.4 million handsets in 2006, up 49% from 2005, and gained more than four percentage points of global market share to an estimated 22%. The gain in market share reflected strong demand for our products, particularly our products for GSM and CDMA technologies. The segment had higher net sales in High Growth markets (defined as countries in the Middle East, Africa, Southeast Asia and India), North Asia, North America and Latin America, as a result of an improved product portfolio, strong market growth in emerging markets, and high replacement sales in more mature markets. Average selling price (“ASP”) decreased approximately 11% compared to 2005, driven primarily by an unfavorable geographic and product-tier mix.
 
  In Our Networks and Enterprise Business: Net sales increased by $43 million to $11.2 billion and operating earnings were down 22% to $1.5 billion. The business had higher net sales in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region (“EMEA”) and Latin America, largely offset by lower net sales in North America and Asia. The business’ slight increase in net sales reflected higher net sales in the private networks market, offset by lower net sales in the public networks market. The decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to: (i) a decrease in gross margin, due to an unfavorable product/regional mix and competitive pricing in the public networks market, and (ii) an increase in reorganization of business charges, primarily related to employee severance costs.
 
  In Our Connected Home Solutions Business: Net sales increased by $456 million, or 16%, to $3.3 billion and operating earnings increased by 46% to $224 million. The business had higher net sales in all regions. Net sales of digital entertainment devices increased by 24%, driven by a product-mix shift towards higher-end products, particularly HD/ DVR set-top boxes. The segment continued to be the worldwide leader in market share for digital entertainment devices. Net sales of cable modems increased 18%, primarily due to increases in: (i) cable modem unit shipments, and (ii) ASPs, reflecting increased demand for voice-enabled modems. The business retained its leading worldwide market share in cable modems.
What were our major accomplishments and challenges in 2006?
      In 2006, Motorola continued to focus on increasing profitable sales and growing market share by building on our vision of seamless mobility. We continued our expansion into developing markets, enhanced Motorola’s product portfolio with innovative and exciting new devices and solutions and built on the leadership position of our three business segments through strategic transactions. Although we did not meet our operating earnings target in our Mobile Devices business during the fourth quarter of 2006, we believe that Motorola remains well positioned in our markets.
  In Our Mobile Devices Business: During the year, Motorola’s unit shipments grew faster than the total market and faster than our top competitors. As a result, Motorola believes it expanded its global market share in mobile handsets to approximately 22%, up more than 4 percentage points compared to 2005 market share.
      The growth in unit sales was fueled by continued demand for the iconic MOTORAZR and new additions to our product portfolio. Motorola shipped 50 new devices in 2006, including the MOTO Q, for the customer who multi-tasks and wants flexibility in today’s fast-paced business environment, and the MOTOKRZR, for the customer eager to have the industry’s newest ultra-slim and ultra-stylish handset. Motorola also introduced the MOTORAZR (RED) and MOTOSLVR (RED), new wireless phones


Table of Contents

36
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  designed in partnership with PRODUCT(RED), to raise awareness and money for The Global Fund, an innovative public-private partnership created to finance a dramatic turnaround in the fight against AIDS in Africa with an emphasis on women and children.
 
      Additionally, the Mobile Devices business continued its expansion into previously underserved markets, in connection with the Company’s ongoing effort to connect “the next billion” mobile phone users. Working closely with the GSM Association (“GSMA”), Motorola has enabled economic and social development by providing affordable, high-quality access to mobile communications in such markets as India, the Philippines, Indonesia and Africa. Most recently, Motorola advanced its efforts to redefine the mobile phone marketplace with the launch of the MOTOFONE handset, the first of a new breed of handsets designed to disrupt today’s communications landscape by cutting across price tiers, product segments and international markets.
 
      The Mobile Devices business also sought to improve its product offerings through strategic acquisitions. The business acquired TTP Communications plc, a developer of intellectual property used in the design and manufacture of wireless communication terminals and a leading provider of protocol stack software that offers rapid customization of handsets through its AJAR applications framework. In early 2007, the business completed the acquisition of Good Technology, Inc., a leader in enterprise mobile computing software and service. The acquisition is expected to extend Motorola’s mobile computing capabilities while also increasing the Company’s enterprise client base.
 
      The Mobile Devices business did face significant challenges during the year, particularly towards the end of the year. In the fourth quarter, the business was negatively impacted because its forecasts of the overall pricing, mix and volume in its GSM business proved to be incorrect. Also, the business failed to capitalize on the strength of the UMTS market and was impacted by challenges in our iDEN business in the United States. As a result of these challenges, Mobile Devices’ fourth-quarter profitability fell significantly short of our expectations and ASPs and gross margin as a percentage of sales both decreased in 2006 compared to 2005.
  In Our Networks and Enterprise Business: One of Motorola’s most important initiatives in 2006 was to strengthen our position in enterprise mobility. Building on our Networks and Enterprise business’ record $11.2 billion of sales in 2006, Motorola significantly expanded its presence in the enterprise space. In January 2007, we completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”), an industry leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions. Symbol has a world-class product portfolio and valuable intellectual property and will be the cornerstone of the Networks and Enterprise business’ enterprise strategy.
      Motorola also initiated a new collaboration with Huawei Technologies to bring an enhanced and extensive portfolio of UMTS and high speed downlink packet access (“HSDPA”)/ high speed uplink packet access (“HSUPA”) infrastructure equipment to customers worldwide. One of the elements of this collaboration is the creation of a joint research and development center in Shanghai, China, where employees from both companies work on development of the architecture and portfolio of products and services.
 
      In the public networks market, Sprint Nextel selected Motorola to play a major role in the Sprint Nextel WiMAX infrastructure roll-out. Motorola has been a long-standing proponent of WiMAX and is now participating in 22 WiMAX trials globally. As the exclusive supplier of iDEN technology and a major supplier of CDMA and EV-DO Revision A technologies, the Company offers a complete, end-to -end solution and is uniquely positioned to expand the seamless mobility experience into the wireless mobile broadband market.
 
      Motorola also maintained momentum in infrastructure development and services in 2006 by continuing to deliver outstanding technologies and services for wireless and wireline carriers. Through 2006, the business has 55 commercial deployments of push-to-talk over cellular (“PoC”) technology with customers operating in 39 countries. The Company’s IP Multimedia Subsystem (“IMS”) technology and Open Mobile Alliance (“OMA”) PoC standards compatible solution lays the foundation for further “Push-To” applications.
 
      During 2006, the business continued to refresh and redefine its product portfolio. It completed a number of significant acquisitions, including: (i) Orthogon Systems LLC, a leader in wireless Ethernet connectivity and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (“OFDM”) technology for fixed wireless equipment, and (ii) NextNet Wireless, Inc., a former Clearwire Corporation subsidiary and a leading


Table of Contents

37
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  provider of OFDM-based non-line-of-sight (“NLOS”) wireless broadband infrastructure equipment. Also, Motorola sold its automotive electronics business to German automotive supplier Continental AG for approximately $900 million.
 
      The Networks and Enterprise business faced challenges during 2006, as sales of iDEN and GSM infrastructure declined compared to 2005. The business also continued to invest in next-generation technologies that did not, nor were expected to, contribute meaningful sales or earnings to the business in 2006.
  In Our Connected Home Solutions Business: The Connected Home Solutions business is the world’s leading provider of digital video set-top boxes and cable modems, with sales of $3.3 billion in 2006. Motorola shipped over 10 million digital set-tops this year and almost one-third of these shipments were high-definition TV (“HDTV”) capable. Motorola shipped over 10 million data modems, of which 3.7 million were voice-over-IP (“VoIP”) capable. The fourth quarter saw Motorola ship its 50 millionth digital entertainment device, a significant milestone that underscored the Company’s heritage of delivering innovations for the digital cable connected home.
      The segment expanded its next-generation digital video portfolio, completing several significant acquisitions, including: (i) Kreatel Communications AB, a leading developer of innovative IP-based digital set-top boxes and software, (ii) Broadbus Technologies, Inc., a provider of technology solutions for television on demand, and (iii) Vertasent LLC, a software developer for managing technology elements for switched digital video networks. In early 2007, the Connected Home Solutions business completed the acquisition of Netopia, Inc., a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections. The business also announced its intention to acquire Tut Systems, Inc., a leading developer of edge routing and video encoders. With these acquisitions, Motorola now has enhanced capabilities in its end-to-end, switched digital video solution and a leadership position in the IP-based set-top box market.
Looking Forward
      Although our Networks and Enterprise and Connected Home Solutions businesses ended 2006 with strong momentum, our Mobile Devices business faced major challenges during the latter part of 2006, causing its fourth-quarter profitability to fall significantly short of our expectations. We intend to improve the profitability of this business and we are taking the necessary actions to make that happen. As we enter 2007, we remain confident in the strength of each of our core markets. With our continued dedication to quality and our unrelenting focus on innovation, we are committed to executing on our strategic plan and pursuing profitable sales growth across all of our businesses. We believe that a balanced focus on profitability and growth will drive shareholder value.
      Our vision of seamless mobility continues to drive everything we do. We are dedicated to building simple and seamless connections to people, information and entertainment. We will do this by continuing to revolutionize wireless networks and broadband communications — bringing cutting-edge technologies into everyday life and empowering the mobile consumer to go anywhere and do anything without sacrificing complete connectivity. We strive to design and deliver new “must have” products, “must do” experiences and powerful networks that enable mobility, along with a full complement of support services. We will continue executing on this vision by extending it around the world and unveiling new technology platforms and products that break down the boundaries of traditional communication and improve life.
      As we continue to expand the geographies that our products and services reach, it remains important that we embrace the unique needs and customs of our local markets. Vast segments of the world’s population, many of whom are yet to make a phone call or connect to the Internet, represent a tremendous opportunity for Motorola to extend our brand. As our world becomes increasingly interlinked, Motorola is focused on connecting “the next billion” mobile phone users. Globalization has made, and will continue to make, country-specific knowledge, talent and leadership indispensable. We have worked to develop specific expertise that allows us to understand the technology needs of each market, rather than a “one-size-fits-all” solution. We are building a strong and efficient footprint in the developing world, and we expect that this will generate financial benefits for Motorola and make a profound and lasting impact on those who were previously unable to “connect.”
      Going forward we are very focused on improving Motorola’s operating margin percentage. Much of this focus will center on our Mobile Devices business, which accounts for nearly two-thirds of our sales and generated much lower than expected operating margins in the fourth quarter of 2006. Over the last three years, the focus on market


Table of Contents

38
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
share growth in the Mobile Devices business has increased its share of the global handset market from approximately 12% to approximately 22%. Going forward, this business will rebalance its market share and profitability objectives, with greater emphasis on profitability. To do this, we will continue to refresh and revitalize our product portfolio, with greater emphasis on higher-tier multimedia experiences. At the same time, we are increasing our focus on our cost structure, with particular emphasis on reducing manufacturing and design costs. We will seek to reduce costs and accelerate our time to market by focusing on our silicon and software platform strategies. We will also continue to invest in the Motorola brand, with emphasis on effective marketing of 2007 product line introductions. Although the Mobile Devices business will place a greater emphasis on profitability, we recognize that near-to-medium term pricing pressures will provide challenges to improving margins and profitability.
      The transformation of our Networks and Enterprise business began in 2006, when we combined our cellular networks infrastructure business with our government and enterprise mobility business, and this transformation will continue in 2007. In early 2007, we completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc., which now forms the cornerstone of our enterprise mobility business. Our goal is to continue to grow our Networks and Enterprise business consistently and profitably. We are investing to be the leading infrastructure provider of WiMAX, a next-generation wireless broadband technology, and we expect the WiMAX market to begin to materialize in 2008 as several WiMAX networks come on-line. Also, we will continue to develop next-generation products and solutions for our government and public safety customers, for whom homeland security and public safety needs continue to be front and center. As the Internet goes mobile and enterprise customers look to enhance productivity, we will leverage our acquisition of Symbol with our existing enterprise assets to capitalize on the enterprise mobility market.
      Our Connected Home Solutions business will continue to focus on expanding its leadership position in broadband connected home products and services in North America while capitalizing on new markets outside of North America. Our shipments outside North America have grown in each of the last three years and these markets continue to provide new growth opportunities. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the convergence of services and application across delivery platforms within the home and across mobile applications.
      We conduct our business in highly-competitive markets, facing both new and established competitors. The markets for many of our products are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new product introductions, short product life cycles and evolving industry standards. Market disruptions caused by new technologies, the entry of new (and often well-capitalized) competitors into markets we serve, and frequent consolidations among our customers and competitors, among other matters, introduce volatility into our operating performance and cash flow from operations. Meeting these disruptive challenges while working towards full digital convergence requires continual technological advancements and continued investment in innovative solutions. We must have compelling products that meet the expanding needs and evolving desires of our customers around the world. We are focused on meeting these challenges and improving our profitability.


Table of Contents

39
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Results of Operations
                                                   
    Years Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, except per share    
amounts)   2006   % of sales   2005   % of sales   2004   % of sales
 
Net sales
  $ 42,879             $ 35,262             $ 29,663          
Costs of sales
    30,152       70.3 %     23,833       67.6 %     19,698       66.4 %
                                     
Gross margin
    12,727       29.7 %     11,429       32.4 %     9,965       33.6 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    4,504       10.5 %     3,628       10.3 %     3,508       11.8 %
Research and development expenditures
    4,106       9.6 %     3,600       10.2 %     3,316       11.2 %
Other charges(income)
    25       0.1 %     (404 )     (1.2 )%     149       0.5 %
                                     
Operating earnings
    4,092       9.5 %     4,605       13.1 %     2,992       10.1 %
Other income (expense):
                                               
 
Interest income (expense), net
    326       0.8 %     71       0.2 %     (200 )     (0.7 )%
 
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    41       0.1 %     1,845       5.2 %     460       1.6 %
 
Other
    151       0.4 %     (109 )     (0.3 )%     (140 )     (0.5 )%
                                     
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
    4,610       10.8 %     6,412       18.2 %     3,112       10.5 %
Income tax expense
    1,349       3.2 %     1,893       5.4 %     1,013       3.4 %
                                     
Earnings from continuing operations
    3,261       7.6 %     4,519       12.8 %     2,099       7.1 %
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    400       0.9 %     59       0.2 %     (567 )     (1.9 )%
                                     
Net earnings
  $ 3,661       8.5 %   $ 4,578       13.0 %   $ 1,532       5.2 %
                                     
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:
                                               
 
Continuing operations
  $ 1.30             $ 1.79             $ 0.87          
 
Discontinued operations
    0.16               0.02               (0.23 )        
                                     
    $ 1.46             $ 1.81             $ 0.64          
                                     
      Geographic market sales measured by the locale of the end customer as a percent of total net sales for 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
Geographic Market Sales by Locale of End Customer
                         
    2006   2005   2004
 
United States
    44%       47%       48%  
Europe
    15%       19%       19%  
Asia, excluding China
    11%       9%       10%  
China
    11%       8%       10%  
Latin America
    10%       10%       10%  
Other Markets
    9%       7%       3%  
                   
      100%       100%       100%  
 
Results of Operations—2006 Compared to 2005
Net Sales
      Net sales were $42.9 billion in 2006, up 22% compared to $35.3 billion in 2005. The increase in net sales includes: (i) a $6.9 billion increase in net sales by the Mobile Devices segment, driven by a 49% increase in unit shipments, reflecting strong demand for GSM and CDMA handsets, partially offset by an 11% decline in average selling price (“ASP”), (ii) a $456 million increase in net sales by the Connected Home Solutions segment, primarily due to increased demand for HD/ DVR set-top boxes, and (iii) a $43 million increase in net sales by the Networks and Enterprise segment, driven by higher net sales in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region and Latin America, partially offset by lower net sales in North America and Asia.


Table of Contents

40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Gross Margin
      Gross margin was $12.7 billion, or 29.7% of net sales, in 2006, compared to $11.4 billion, or 32.4% of net sales, in 2005. This increase in gross margin was primarily driven by the Mobile Devices segment, due to: (i) the 49% increase in unit shipments, (ii) savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives, and (iii) increased income from technology and platform licensing, partially offset by an 11% decline in ASP. The Connected Home Solutions segment also achieved higher gross margin in 2006 compared to 2005, primarily driven by a 16% increase in net sales. Gross margin decreased in the Networks and Enterprise segment, due to an unfavorable product/regional mix and competitive pricing in the public networks market.
      In 2006 compared to 2005, gross margin as a percentage of net sales: (i) decreased in the Mobile Devices and Networks and Enterprise segments, and (ii) increased in the Connected Home Solutions segment. The Company’s overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales can be impacted by the proportion of overall net sales generated by its various businesses. The decrease in overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales in 2006 compared to 2005 can be partially attributed to the fact that an increased percentage of the Company’s net sales were generated by the Mobile Devices segment, which generates lower gross margins than the overall Company average.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
      Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased 24% to $4.5 billion, or 10.5% of net sales, in 2006, compared to $3.6 billion, or 10.3% of net sales, in 2005. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily driven by: (i) increased marketing expenses, mainly in the Mobile Devices segment, to support higher net sales and promote brand awareness, (ii) recognition of share-based compensation expense to SG&A-related employees in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123R, and (iii) increased selling and sales support expenses, driven by the increase in sales commissions from the increase in net sales. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales were up slightly, driven by an increase in the Mobile Devices segment, offset by a decreased in the Connected Home Solutions segment.
Research and Development Expenditures
      Research and development (“R&D”) expenditures increased 14% to $4.1 billion, or 9.6% of net sales, in 2006, compared to $3.6 billion, or 10.2% of net sales, in 2005. All three of the Company’s operating segments had increased R&D expenditures in 2006 compared to 2005. This increase was primarily due to: (i) developmental engineering expenditures for new product development and investment in next-generation technologies across all segments, and (ii) recognition of share-based compensation expense to R&D-related employees in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123R. R&D expenditures as a percentage of net sales decreased, driven by decreases in the Mobile Devices and Connected Home Solutions segments.
Other Charges (Income)
      The Company recorded charges of $25 million in Other charges (income) in 2006, compared to income of $404 million in 2005. The charges in 2006 include: (i) $172 million of net charges for reorganization of businesses, (ii) $100 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (iii) an $88 million charitable contribution to the Motorola Foundation of appreciated equity holdings in a third party, (iv) $50 million of legal reserves, and (v) $33 million from acquisition-related in-process research and development charges (“IPR&D”), partially offset by $418 million of income for collections relating to the Telsim settlement. The net income of $404 million in 2005 primarily consisted of $515 million of income for collections relating to the Telsim settlement, partially offset by: (i) $67 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (ii) $54 million of net charges for reorganization of businesses, and (iii) $2 million from acquisition-related IPR&D. The net reorganization of businesses charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.
Net Interest Income (Expense)
      Net interest income was $326 million in 2006, compared to net interest income of $71 million in 2005. Net interest income in 2006 included interest income of $661 million, partially offset by interest expense of $335 million. Net interest income in 2005 included interest income of $396 million, partially offset by interest expense of $325 million. The increase in net interest income is primarily attributed to an increase in interest income due to higher average cash, cash equivalents and Sigma Funds balances earning interest at higher rates.


Table of Contents

41
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Gains on Sales of Investments and Businesses
      Gains on sales of investments and businesses were $41 million in 2006, compared to $1.8 billion in 2005. In 2006, the $41 million of net gains primarily reflects a gain of $141 million on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation, partially offset by a loss of $126 million on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”). In 2005, the net gains were primarily related to: (i) a $1.3 billion net gain in connection with the completion of the merger between Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”) and Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”), and (ii) a $609 million net gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares of Nextel, partially offset by a $70 million net loss on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares of Sprint Nextel.
Other
      Income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), was $151 million in 2006, compared to net charges of $109 million in 2005. The net income in 2006 was primarily comprised of: (i) a $99 million net gain due to an increase in market value of a zero-cost collar derivative entered into to protect the value of the Company’s investment in Sprint Nextel, and (ii) $60 million of foreign currency gains, partially offset by $27 million of investment impairment charges. The net charges in 2005 were primarily comprised of: (i) $137 million of debt retirement costs, relating to the Company’s repurchase of an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of long-term debt through cash tender offers, (ii) $38 million of foreign currency losses, and (iii) $25 million in investment impairment charges, partially offset by: (i) a $51 million gain due to an increase in the market value of variable forward instruments entered into to protect the Company’s investment in Nextel common stock prior to the merger of Sprint and Nextel, and (ii) $30 million in income from the repayment of a previously-reserved loan related to Iridium.
Effective Tax Rate
      The effective tax rate was 29% in 2006, representing a $1.3 billion net tax expense, compared to 30% in 2005, representing a $1.9 billion net tax expense. During 2006, the Company recorded $348 million in net tax benefits, comprised of: (i) a $186 million tax benefit for the reduction in deferred tax valuation allowances for its German and U.K. subsidiaries, (ii) $68 million relating to incremental net tax benefits realized in 2006 relating to its 2005 repatriations, (iii) a $54 million tax benefit driven by a mix shift in profits towards lower-tax jurisdictions that the Company intends to permanently reinvest, (iv) a $44 million tax benefit for favorable settlements reached with foreign tax jurisdictions, (v) a $34 million tax charge for a valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets on select investments, and (vi) a $30 million incremental tax benefit relating to the contribution of appreciated equity holdings to the Company’s charitable foundation. Additionally, during 2006, the Company incurred nondeductible IPR&D charges relating to acquisitions and restructuring charges in low tax jurisdictions that caused an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s effective tax rate in 2006, excluding the net tax benefits, nondeductible IPR&D charges and restructuring charges in low tax jurisdictions, was 36%.
      During 2005, the tax rate reflected a $265 million net tax benefit related to the repatriation of foreign earnings under the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and an $81 million net tax benefit on the stock sale of a sensor business that was divested in 2005.
Earnings from Continuing Operations
      The Company had earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $4.6 billion in 2006, compared to earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $6.4 billion in 2005. After taxes, the Company had earnings from continuing operations of $3.3 billion, or $1.30 per diluted share, in 2006, compared with earnings from continuing operations of $4.5 billion, or $1.79 per diluted share, in 2005.
      The decrease in earnings from continuing operations before income taxes in 2006 compared to 2005 is primarily attributed to: (i) a $1.8 billion decrease in gains on the sale of investments and businesses, (ii) an $876 million increase in SG&A expenses, (iii) a $506 million increase in R&D expenditures, and (iv) a $429 million change in Other charges (income). These negative impacts on operating earnings were partially offset by: (i) a $1.3 billion increase in gross margin, primarily due to the $7.6 billion increase in net sales, (ii) a $260 million increase in income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), and (iii) a $255 million increase in net interest income.


Table of Contents

42
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Results of Operations—2005 Compared to 2004
Net Sales
      Net sales were $35.3 billion in 2005, up 19% from $29.7 billion in 2004. Net sales increased in all three of the Company’s segments in 2005 compared to 2004. The overall increase in net sales reflected: (i) a $4.4 billion increase in net sales by the Mobile Devices segment, driven by a 40% increase in unit shipments, reflecting strong demand for GSM handsets, (ii) a $737 million increase in net sales by the Networks and Enterprise segment, reflecting higher net sales in North America and EMEA, partially offset by lower net sales in Asia and Latin America, and (iii) a $536 million increase in net sales by the Connected Home Solutions segment, primarily driven by increases in both ASP and unit shipments of digital entertainment devices.
Gross Margin
      Gross margin was $11.4 billion, or 32.4% of net sales, in 2005, compared to $10.0 billion, or 33.6% of net sales, in 2004. All three of the Company’s operating segment had higher gross margin in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in gross margin in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily due to a 25% increase in net sales, driven by a 40% increase in unit shipments, partially offset by: (i) a 10% decline in ASP, and (ii) a charge for past use of Kodak intellectual property. The increase in gross margin in the Networks and Enterprise segment was primarily due to: (i) a 7% increase in net sales, and (ii) improvements in the cost structure of the public networks business. The increase in gross margin in the Connected Home Solutions segment was primarily due to a 23% increase in net sales.
      In 2005 compared to 2004, gross margin as a percentage of net sales: (i) decreased in the Mobile Devices and Connected Home Solutions segments, and (ii) increased in the Networks and Enterprise segment. The Company’s overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales can be impacted by the proportion of overall net sales generated by its various businesses. The decrease in overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales in 2005 compared to 2004 can be partially attributed to the fact that an increased percentage of the Company’s net sales were generated by the Mobile Devices segment, which generates lower gross margins than the overall Company average.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
      SG&A expenses increased 3% to $3.6 billion, or 10.3% of net sales, in 2005, compared to $3.5 billion, or 11.8% of net sales, in 2004. The Mobile Devices and Networks and Enterprise segments had increased SG&A expenses in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in SG&A expenses in 2005 compared to 2004 was due to: (i) increased marketing expenses to support higher sales and promote brand awareness, and (ii) increased selling and sales support expenses, driven by the increase in sales commissions from the increase in net sales. SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales decreased, driven by decreases in the Mobile Devices and Connected Home Solutions segments.
Research and Development Expenditures
      R&D expenditures increased 9% to $3.6 billion, or 10.2% of net sales, in 2005, compared to $3.3 billion, or 11.2% of net sales, in 2004. All three of the Company’s segments had increased R&D expenditures in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in R&D expenditures was primarily due to developmental engineering expenditures for new product development and investment in next-generation technologies across all segments. R&D expenditures as a percentage of net sales decreased, driven by decreases in the Mobile Devices and Networks and Enterprise segments, partially offset by an increase in the Connected Home Solutions segment.
Other Charges (Income)
      The Company recorded net income of $404 million in Other charges (income) in 2005, compared to net charges of $149 million in 2004. The net income in 2005 primarily consisted of $515 million in income for collections relating to the Telsim settlement, partially offset by: (i) $67 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (ii) $54 million net of charges for reorganization of businesses, and (iii) $2 million from acquisition-related IPR&D charges. The net charges of $149 million in 2004 primarily consisted of: (i) a $125 million charge for goodwill impairment, related to the sensor business that was divested in 2005, (ii) $52 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, and (iii) $34 million from acquisition-related IPR&D, partially offset by: (i) $44 million in income from the reversal of financing receivable reserves due to the


Table of Contents

43
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
partial collection of the previously-uncollected receivable from Telsim, and (ii) $11 million of net reorganization of businesses reversals for reserves no longer needed. The net reorganization of businesses charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.
Net Interest Income (Expense)
      Net interest income was $71 million in 2005, compared to net interest expense of $200 million in 2004. Net interest income in 2005 included interest income of $396 million, partially offset by interest expense of $325 million. Net interest expense in 2004 included interest expense of $354 million, partially offset by interest income of $154 million. The increase in net interest income in 2005 compared to 2004 reflects: (i) an increase in interest income due to higher average cash, cash equivalents and Sigma Funds balances earning interest at higher rates, and (ii) the significantly lower levels of total debt in 2005 compared to 2004.
Gains on Sales of Investments and Businesses
      Gains on sales of investments and businesses were $1.8 billion in 2005, compared to $460 million in 2004. The 2005 net gains were primarily: (i) a $1.3 billion net gain recognized when the Company received 69.3 million shares of Sprint Nextel, as well as $46 million in cash, in exchange for the Company’s shares of Nextel when Sprint and Nextel completed their merger in August 2005, (ii) a $609 million net gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares of Nextel, partially offset by a $70 million net loss on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares of Sprint Nextel. The 2004 net gains of $460 million were primarily related to: (i) a $130 million gain on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Broadcom Corporation, (ii) a $122 million gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Nextel, (iii) an $82 million gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Telus Corporation, and (iv) a $68 million gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Nextel Partners, Inc.
Other
      Charges classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), were $109 million in 2005, compared to $140 million in 2004. The $109 million of net charges in 2005 were primarily comprised of: (i) $137 million of debt retirement costs, relating to the Company’s repurchase of an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of long-term debt through cash tender offers, (ii) $38 million of foreign currency losses, and (iii) $25 million in investment impairment charges, partially offset by: (i) a $51 million gain due to an increase in the market value of variable forward instruments entered into to protect the Company’s investment in Nextel common stock prior to the merger of Sprint and Nextel, and (ii) $30 million in income from the repayment of a previously-reserved loan related to Iridium. The $140 million of net charges in 2004 was primarily comprised of: (i) $81 million of charges related to the redemption of debt, (ii) $44 million of foreign currency losses, and (iii) $36 million of investment impairment charges.
Effective Tax Rate
      The effective tax rate was 30% in 2005, representing a $1.9 billion net tax expense, compared to a 33% effective tax rate in 2004, representing a $1.0 billion net tax expense. The 2005 tax rate reflected a: (i) $265 million net tax benefit related to the repatriation of foreign earnings under the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, and (ii) an $81 million net tax benefit on the stock sale of a sensor business that was divested in 2005.
      The 2004 effective tax rate reflected a $241 million benefit from the reversal of previously-accrued income taxes as the result of settlements reached with taxing authorities and a reassessment of tax exposures based on the status of current audits, offset by: (i) a $125 million of nondeductible goodwill impairment charges related to the sensor business that was divested in 2005, and (ii) $31 million of acquisition-related IPR&D charges.
Earnings from Continuing Operations
      The Company had earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $6.4 billion in 2005, compared to earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $3.1 billion in 2004. After taxes, the Company had earnings from continuing operations of $4.5 billion, or $1.79 per diluted share from continuing operations, in 2005,


Table of Contents

44
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
compared to earnings from continuing operations of $2.1 billion, or $0.87 per diluted share from continuing operations, in 2004.
      The $3.3 billion increase in earnings from continuing operations before income taxes is primarily attributed to: (i) a $1.5 billion increase in gross margin, primarily due to the $5.6 billion increase in total net sales, (ii) a $1.4 billion increase in gains on sales of investments and businesses, (iii) a $553 million increase in income classified as Other, (iv) a $271 million increase in net interest income, and (v) a $31 million decrease in expenses classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense). These improvements in earnings were partially offset by: (i) a $284 million increase in R&D expenditures, and (ii) a $120 million increase in SG&A expenses.
Reorganization of Businesses
      The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in -force or restructuring. Each separate reduction-in -force has qualified for severance benefits under the Severance Plan and, therefore, such benefits are accounted for in accordance with Statement No. 112, “Accounting for Postemployment Benefits” (“SFAS 112”). Under the provisions of SFAS 112, the Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs primarily consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for exit costs and employee separation costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. The Company reverses accruals through the income statement line item where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer required.
      The Company realized cost-saving benefits of approximately $54 million in 2006 from the plans that were initiated during 2006, representing: (i) $31 million of savings in R&D expenditures, (ii) $14 million of savings in SG&A expenses, and (iii) $9 million of savings in Costs of sales. Beyond 2006, the Company expects the reorganization plans initiated during 2006 to provide annualized cost savings of approximately $214 million, representing: (i) $101 million of savings in R&D expenditures, (ii) $72 million of savings in SG&A expenses, and (iii) $41 million of savings in Cost of sales.
2006 Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed principally at: (i) reducing costs in its supply-chain activities, (ii) integrating the former Networks segment and Government and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment into one organization, the Networks and Enterprise segment, and (iii) reducing other operating expenses, primarily relating to engineering and development costs. The Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $213 million, including $41 million of charges in Costs of sales and $172 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $213 million are charges of $191 million for employee separation costs, $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $30 million for exit costs, partially offset by $23 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by the actions committed to in 2006 are 3,900.
      The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
         
Year Ended December 31,   2006
 
Mobile Devices
  $ (1 )
Networks and Enterprise
    157  
Connected Home Solutions
    50  
       
      206  
General Corporate
    7  
       
    $ 213  
 


Table of Contents

45
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
      The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006:
                                         
    Accruals at   2006       2006   Accruals at
    January 1,   Additional   2006 (1)   Amount   December 31,
    2006   Charges   Adjustments   Used   2006
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 50     $ 30     $ (7 )   $ (19 )   $ 54  
Employee separation costs
    53       191       (16 )     (124 )     104  
 
    $ 103     $ 221     $ (23 )   $ (143 )   $ 158  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
      At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $50 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2006 additional charges of $30 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Networks and Enterprise segment. The 2006 adjustments of $7 million represent reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $19 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $54 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
      At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $53 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 1,600 employees, of which 1,100 were direct employees and 500 were indirect employees. The 2006 additional charges of $191 million represent costs for an additional 3,900 employees, of which 1,700 were direct employees and 2,200 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $16 million represent reversals of accruals no longer needed.
      During 2006, approximately 3,200 employees, of which 1,400 were direct employees and 1,800 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $124 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $104 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006, is expected to be paid to approximately 2,300 employees to be separated in 2007.
2005 Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $91 million, including $37 million of charges in Costs of sales and $54 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $91 million are charges of $86 million for employee separation costs and $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $15 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by these action were approximately 2,600.
      The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
         
Year Ended December 31,   2005
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 27  
Networks and Enterprise
    52  
Connected Home Solutions
    4  
       
      83  
General Corporate
    8  
       
    $ 91  
 


Table of Contents

46
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
      The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005:
                                         
    Accruals at   2005           Accruals at
    January 1,   Additional   2005 (1)   2005 Amount   December 31,
    2005   Charges   Adjustments   Used   2005
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 73     $ 5     $ (7 )   $ (21 )   $ 50  
Employee separation costs
    41       86       (14 )     (60 )     53  
 
    $ 114     $ 91     $ (21 )   $ (81 )   $ 103  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
      At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $73 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2005 additional charges of $5 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Networks and Enterprise segment. The 2005 adjustments of $7 million represented reversals of $1 million for accruals no longer needed and $6 million of translation adjustments. The $21 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $50 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
      At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $41 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 400 employees, of which 50 were direct employees and 350 were indirect employees. The 2005 additional charges of $86 million represented the severance costs for approximately 2,600 employees, of which 1,300 were direct employees and 1,300 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $14 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
      During 2005, approximately 1,400 employees, of which 300 were direct employees and 1,100 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $60 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $53 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005.
2004 Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded net reorganization of business reversals of $15 million, including $4 million of reversals in Costs of sales and $11 million of reversals under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $15 million are charges of $54 million for employee separation costs, partially offset by $63 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed and $6 million for fixed asset adjustment income. Total employees impacted by these actions were approximately 800.
      The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
         
Year Ended December 31,   2004
 
Mobile Devices
  $ (28 )
Networks and Enterprise
    2  
Connected Home Solutions
    (4 )
       
      (30 )
General Corporate
    15  
       
    $ (15 )
 


Table of Contents

47
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
      The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004:
                                         
    Accruals at   2004           Accruals at
    January 1,   Additional   2004 (1)   2004 Amount   December 31,
    2004   Charges   Adjustments   Used   2004
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 122     $     $ (18 )   $ (31 )   $ 73  
Employee separation costs
    116       54       (34 )     (95 )     41  
 
    $ 238     $ 54     $ (52 )   $ (126 )   $ 114  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
      At January 1, 2004, the Company had an accrual of $122 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2004 adjustments of $18 million represented reversals of $29 million for accruals no longer needed, partially offset by an $11 million translation adjustment. The $31 million used in 2004 reflected cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $73 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
      At January 1, 2004, the Company had an accrual of $116 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,100 employees, of which 1,000 were direct employees and 1,100 were indirect employees. The 2004 additional charges of $54 million represented the severance costs for approximately 800 employees, of which 100 were direct employees and 700 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $34 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
      During 2004, approximately 2,500 employees, of which 1,000 were direct employees and 1,500 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $95 million used in 2004 reflected cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $41 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
       As highlighted in the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company’s liquidity and available capital resources are impacted by four key components: (i) current cash and cash equivalents, (ii) operating activities, (iii) investing activities, and (iv) financing activities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
      During 2006, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents (which are highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less) decreased by $562 million to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $3.8 billion at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, $300 million of this amount was held in the U.S. and $2.9 billion was held by the Company or its subsidiaries in other countries.
      The Company has approximately $2.5 billion of earnings in foreign subsidiaries that are not permanently reinvested and may be repatriated without additional U.S. federal income tax charges to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, given the U.S. federal tax provisions accrued on undistributed earnings and the utilization of available foreign tax credits. On a cash basis, these repatriations from the Company’s non-U.S.  subsidiaries could require the payment of additional foreign taxes, which would be creditable against U.S. federal income taxes. The repatriation of some of these funds could also be subject to delay for local country approvals.


Table of Contents

48
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Operating Activities
      The Company has generated positive cash flow from continuing operations in each of the last six years. The cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations in 2006 was $3.5 billion, compared to $4.3 billion in 2005 and $2.9 billion in 2004. The primary contributors to cash flow from operations in 2006 were: (i) earnings from continuing operations (adjusted for non-cash items) of $4.9 billion, and (ii) a $1.7 billion increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. These positive contributors to operating cash flow were partially offset by: (i) a $1.8 billion increase in accounts receivable, (ii) a $718 million increase in inventories, (iii) a $388 million increase in other current assets, and (iv)a $215 million increase in other assets and other liabilities.
      Accounts Receivable: The Company’s net accounts receivable were $7.5 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $5.7 billion at December 31, 2005. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”), including net long-term receivables, were 58 days at December 31, 2006, compared to 51 days at December 31, 2005. The Company’s businesses sell their products in a variety of markets throughout the world. Payment terms can vary by market type and geographic location. Accordingly, the Company’s levels of accounts receivable and DSO can be impacted by the timing and level of sales that are made by its various businesses and by the geographic locations in which those sales are made.
      Inventory: The Company’s net inventory was $3.2 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2005. Inventory balances increased from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to: (i) slower than expected initial customer demand for certain products, (ii) an increase in inventory to fulfill longer-term projects, and (iii) a business acquisition. The Company’s inventory turns decreased to 11.0 at December 31, 2006, compared to 11.3 at December 31, 2005, primarily due to slower than expected initial customer demand for certain products. Inventory turns were calculated using an annualized rolling three months of cost of sales method. Inventory management continues to be an area of focus as the Company balances the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive delivery performance to its customers against the risk of inventory obsolescence due to rapidly changing technology and customer spending requirements.
      Reorganization of Businesses: The Company has implemented reorganization of businesses plans. Cash payments for exit costs and employee separations in connection with these plans were $143 million in 2006, as compared to $81 million in 2005. Of the $158 million reorganization of businesses accrual at December 31, 2006, $104 million relates to employee separation costs and is expected to be paid in 2007. The remaining $54 million in accruals relate to lease termination obligations that are expected to be paid over a number of years.
      Defined Benefit Plan Contributions: The Company contributed $276 million to its U.S. pension plans during 2006, compared to $308 million contributed in 2005. The Company contributed $122 million to its non-U.S. pension plans during 2006, compared to $62 million contributed in 2005. During 2007, the Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $280 million to its U.S. pension plans and approximately $120 million to its non-U.S.  pension plans. The Company contributed $27 million to its retiree health care plan in 2006, compared to $43 million in 2005, and expects to contribute $24 million to this plan in 2007. Retirement-related benefits are further discussed below in the “Significant Accounting Policies—Retirement-Related Benefits” section.
Investing Activities
      The most significant components of the Company’s investing activities include: (i) proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, (ii) purchases of Sigma Funds investments, (iii) strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, and (iv) capital expenditures.
      Net cash used for investing activities from continuing operations was $1.0 billion in 2006, as compared to net cash used of $2.4 billion in 2005 and $1.6 billion in 2004. This $1.3 billion decrease in cash used for investing activities from continuing operations was due to: (i) a $1.8 billion decrease in cash used for the purchase of Sigma Funds investments, and (ii) a $463 million increase in proceeds from the sales of investments and businesses, partially offset by: (i) a $756 million increase in cash used for acquisitions and investments, (ii) a $101 million increase in capital expenditures, (iii) an $88 million increase in purchases of short-term investments, and (iv) an $18 million decrease in proceeds received from the disposition of property, plant and equipment. The $1.6 billion in cash used for investing activities from continuing operations in 2004 was primarily due to the initial purchase of Sigma Funds investments.
      Sales of Investments and Businesses: The Company received $2.0 billion in proceeds from the sales of investments and businesses in 2006, compared to proceeds of $1.5 billion in 2005 and $682 million in 2004. The


Table of Contents

49
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
$2.0 billion in proceeds in 2006 were primarily comprised of: (i) $856 million in net proceeds from the sale of the automotive electronics business, (ii) $820 million from the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”) and the termination and cash settlement of a zero-cost collar derivative relating to these Sprint Nextel shares (the “Sprint Nextel Derivative”), and (iii) $175 million from the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation. The $1.5 billion in proceeds generated in 2005 were primarily comprised of: (i) $679 million from the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”) during the first half of 2005, (ii) $391 million from the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Sprint Nextel during the fourth quarter of 2005, (iii) $232 million from the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, and (iv) $96 million received in connection with the merger of Sprint Corporation and Nextel.
      Sigma Funds: The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries invest most of their excess cash in two funds (the “Sigma Funds”), which are funds similar to a money market fund. The Company used $1.3 billion in net cash for the purchase of Sigma Funds investments in 2006, compared to $3.2 billion in net cash used in 2005. The Sigma Funds aggregate balances were $12.2 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, $8.7 billion of the Sigma Funds investments were held in the U.S. and $3.5 billion were held by the Company or its subsidiaries in other countries. Repatriation of some of these funds could be subject to delay and could have potential adverse tax consequences.
      The Sigma Funds portfolios are managed by five major outside investment management firms and include investments in high quality (rated at least A/ A-1 by S&P or A2/ P-1 by Moody’s at purchase date), U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits, government obligations, asset-backed securities and commercial paper or short-term corporate obligations. The Sigma Funds investment policies require that the acquired floating rate instruments must have a maturity at purchase date that does not exceed thirty-six months with an interest rate reset at least annually. The average maturity of the investments held by the funds must be 120 days or less with the actual average maturity of the investments being 53 days and 74 days at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. Certain investments with maturities beyond one year have been classified as short-term based on their highly-liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations.
      Strategic Acquisitions and Investments: The Company used cash for acquisitions and new investment activities of $1.1 billion in 2006, compared to cash used of $312 million in 2005 and $476 million in 2004. The largest components of the $1.1 billion in 2006 expenditures were: (i) $300 million for an equity investment in Clearwire, Inc., (ii) $193 million for the acquisition of TTP Communications plc by the Mobile Devices segment, (iii) $181 million for the acquisition of Broadbus Technologies, Inc. by the Connected Home Solutions segment, (iv) $108 million for the acquisition of Kreatel Communications AB by the Connected Home Solutions segment, (v) the acquisition of Orthogon Systems by the Networks and Enterprise segment, and (vi) the acquisition of NextNet Wireless, Inc. by the Networks and Enterprise segment. The largest components of the $312 million in 2005 expenditures were: (i) the acquisition of the remaining interest of MIRS Communications Israel LTD. by the Networks and Enterprise segment, (ii) the acquisition of Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. by the Networks and Enterprise segment, (iii) the acquisition of certain IP assets and R&D workforce from Sendo by the Mobile Devices segment, (iv) the acquisition of Ucentric Systems, Inc. by the Connected Home Solutions segment, and (v) the funding of joint ventures formed by Motorola and Comcast that focus on developing the next-generation of conditional access technologies
      In early 2007, Motorola completed three strategic acquisitions for a net aggregate of approximately $4.2 billion in cash (reflecting an aggregate of approximately $4.6 billion of cash spent less an aggregate of approximately $400 million of cash acquired in the acquisitions). Symbol Technologies, Inc. was acquired by the Networks and Enterprise segment in January 2007 for approximately $3.9 billion in cash. Good Technology, Inc. was acquired by the Mobile Devices segment in January 2007 for approximately $500 million in cash. Netopia, Inc. was acquired by


Table of Contents

50
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
the Connected Home Solutions segment in February 2007 for approximately $200 million in cash. The following table displays the relative impact of the early 2007 acquisitions on Motorola’s domestic and non-U.S. balances:
Summary of Cash Impact from Early 2007 Acquisitions
                           
        Non-    
($ in billions)   U.S.   U.S.   Total
 
Balances at December 31, 2006
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 0.3     $ 2.9     $ 3.2  
 
Sigma Funds
    8.7       3.5       12.2  
 
Short-Term Investments
    0.0       0.2       0.2  
                   
Total
    9.0       6.6       15.6  
Net Cash (used for) provided by early 2007 acquisitions*
    (4.3 )     0.1       (4.2 )
                   
Balance reflecting early 2007 acquisitions
  $ 4.7     $ 6.7     $ 11.4  
 
As described above, in early 2007, Motorola used an aggregate net of approximately $4.2 billion of cash (reflecting approximately $4.6 billion of cash spent less approximately $400 million of cash acquired from the acquisitions) to complete three strategic acquisitions. The cash used for these acquisitions was held in the U.S. and primarily came from the liquidation of Sigma Funds investments held in the U.S. A portion of the cash acquired in these acquisitions was outside of the U.S.
     Capital Expenditures: Capital expenditures were $649 million in 2006, compared to $548 million in 2005 and $405 million in 2004. The Company’s emphasis in making capital expenditures is to focus on strategic investments driven by customer demand and new design capability.
      Short-Term Investments: At December 31, 2006, the Company had $224 million in short-term investments (which are highly-liquid fixed-income investments with an original maturity greater than three months but less than one year), compared to $144 million of short-term investments at December 31, 2005.
      Available-For-Sale Securities: In addition to available cash and cash equivalents, Sigma Funds and short-term investments, the Company views its available-for-sale securities as an additional source of liquidity. The majority of these securities represent investments in technology companies and, accordingly, the fair market values of these securities are subject to substantial price volatility. In addition, the realizable value of these securities is subject to market and other conditions. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $130 million, which represented a cost basis of $70 million and a net unrealized gain of $60 million. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $1.2 billion, which represented a cost basis of $1.1 billion and a net unrealized gain of $157 million.
      Sprint Nextel Investment: During the first quarter of 2006, the Company entered into the Sprint Nextel Derivative to protect itself economically against price fluctuations in its 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel non-voting common stock. During the second quarter of 2006, as a result of Sprint Nextel’s spin-off of Embarq Corporation through a dividend to Sprint Nextel shareholders, the Company received approximately 1.9 million shares of Embarq Corporation. The floor and ceiling prices of the Sprint Nextel Derivative were adjusted accordingly. The Sprint Nextel Derivative was not designated as a hedge under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Accordingly, to reflect the change in fair value of the Sprint Nextel Derivative, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million for the full year ending December 31, 2006, included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
      In December 2006, the Sprint Nextel Derivative was terminated and settled in cash and the 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel were converted to common shares and sold. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $820 million from the settlement of the Sprint Nextel Derivative and the subsequent sale of the 37.6 million Sprint Nextel Shares. The Company recognized a loss of $126 million in connection with the sale of the remaining shares of Sprint Nextel common stock. As described above, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million in connection with the Sprint Nextel Derivative.


Table of Contents

51
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Financing Activities
      The most significant components of the Company’s financing activities are: (i) the purchase of the Company’s common stock under its share repurchase program, (ii) proceeds from the issuances of stock due to the exercise of employee stock options and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan, (iii) the payment of dividends, (iv) excess tax benefits from share-based compensation, (v) net proceeds from commercial paper and short-term borrowings, (vi) distributions to discontinued operations, and (vii) repayment of debt.
      Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $3.2 billion in 2006, compared to $907 million of cash used in 2005 and $153 million of cash used in 2004. Cash used for financing activities from continuing operations in 2006 was primarily: (i) $3.8 billion of cash used for purchases of the Company’s common stock under the share repurchase program, (ii) $443 million of cash used to pay dividends, and (iii) $23 million paid to discontinued operations for interim funding requirements associated with the automotive electronics business prior to the sale, partially offset by proceeds of: (i) $918 million received from the issuance of common stock in connection with the Company’s employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan, (ii) $165 million in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation, and (iii) $66 million in net proceeds from commercial paper and short-term borrowings.
      Cash used for financing activities from continuing operations in 2005 was primarily attributable to: (i) $1.1 billion of cash used to repay debt, (ii) $874 million of cash used for purchases of the Company’s common stock under the share repurchase program, and (iii) $394 million of cash used to pay dividends, partially offset by proceeds of $1.2 billion received from the issuance of common stock in connection with the Company’s employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan.
      Short-term Debt: At December 31, 2006, the Company’s outstanding notes payable and current portion of long-term debt was $1.7 billion, compared to $448 million at December 31, 2005. During the fourth quarter of 2006, $1.2 billion of 4.608% Senior Notes due November 16, 2007 (the “2007 4.608% Notes”) were reclassified to current portion of long-term debt.
      Net cash proceeds from the sale of commercial paper and short-term borrowings were $66 million in 2006, compared to $11 million in 2005. The Company had $300 million of outstanding commercial paper on both December 31, 2006 and 2005.
      Long-term Debt: At December 31, 2006, the Company had outstanding long-term debt of $2.7 billion, compared to $3.8 billion at December 31, 2005. The change can be primarily attributed to the reclassification to current portion of long-term debt of the $1.2 billion of 2007 4.608% Notes.
      Redemptions and Repurchases of Outstanding Debt Securities: In January 2007, the Company repaid, at maturity, all $118 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 7.6% Notes due January 1, 2007.
      In September 2005, the Company repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of its outstanding long-term debt for an aggregate purchase price of $1.1 billion through cash tender offers. Included in the $1.0 billion of long-term debt repurchased were repurchases of a principal amount of: (i) $86 million of the $200 million of 6.50% Notes due 2008 outstanding, (ii) $241 million of the $325 million of 5.80% Notes due 2008 outstanding, and (iii) $673 million of the $1.2 billion of 7.625% Notes due 2010 outstanding. In addition, the Company terminated a notional amount of $1.0 billion fixed-to -floating interest rate swaps associated with the debt repurchased, resulting in an expense of approximately $22 million. The aggregate charge for the repurchase of the debt and the termination of the associated interest rate swaps, as presented in Other income (expense), was $137 million.
      On September 1, 2005, the Company retired $1 million of the $398 million of the 2025 Debentures in connection with the holders of the debentures right to put their debentures back to the Company. The residual put options expired unexercised and the remaining $397 million of 2025 Debentures were reclassified back to long-term debt.
      The Company may from time to time seek to opportunistically retire certain of its outstanding debt through open market cash purchases, privately-negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.
      Share Repurchase Program: In May 2005, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $4.0 billion of its outstanding common stock over a period of up to 36 months ending in May 2008, subject to


Table of Contents

52
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
market conditions (the “2005 Stock Repurchase Program”). In July 2006, the Company entered into an accelerated stock buyback agreement to repurchase approximately $1.2 billion of its outstanding common stock (“ASB”). In October 2006, the Company received the final distribution of shares under the ASB. The total shares purchased under the ASB were 50.5 million shares. The ASB completed the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program.
      On July 24, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to an additional $4.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period of up to 36 months ending in June 2009, subject to market conditions (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”). In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company purchased $700 million of shares under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program.
      The Company repurchased a total of 171.7 million common shares (including shares received under the ASB) at a cost of $3.8 billion in 2006. The Company repurchased a total of 41.7 million common shares at a cost of $874 million in 2005. All repurchased shares have been retired.
      Credit Ratings: Three independent credit rating agencies, Fitch Investors Service (“Fitch”), Moody’s Investor Services (“Moody’s”), and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), assign ratings to the Company’s short-term and long-term debt. The following chart reflects the current ratings assigned to the Company’s senior unsecured non-credit enhanced long-term debt and the Company’s commercial paper by each of these agencies.
                                 
    Long-Term Debt        
        Commercial    
Name of Rating Agency   Rating   Outlook   Paper   Date of Last Action
 
Moody’s
    Baa1       positive       P-2       October 25, 2006 (upgrade)  
Fitch
    A-       stable       F-1       July 19, 2006 (upgrade)  
S&P
    A-       stable       A-1       June 26, 2006 (upgrade)  
 
      In October 2006, Moody’s upgraded the Company’s long-term debt rating to “Baa1” with a positive outlook from “Baa2” with a stable outlook. Moody’s also affirmed the Company’s “P-2” short-term debt rating. There were no other changes in the Company’s debt ratings during the fourth quarter of 2006.
      The Company’s debt ratings are considered “investment grade.” If the Company’s senior long-term debt were rated lower than “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch or “Baa3” by Moody’s (which would be a decline of three levels from current Moody’s ratings), the Company’s long-term debt would no longer be considered “investment grade.” If this were to occur, the terms on which the Company could borrow money would become more onerous. The Company would also have to pay higher fees related to its domestic revolving credit facility. The Company has never borrowed under its domestic revolving credit facilities.
      The Company continues to have access to the commercial paper and long-term debt markets. The Company has maintained commercial paper balances of between $300 million and $400 million for the past four years.
      As further described under “Customer Financing Arrangements” below, for many years the Company has utilized a number of receivables programs to sell a broadly-diversified group of short-term receivables to third parties. Certain of the short-term receivables are sold to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit. This program provides for up to $500 million of short-term receivables to be outstanding with the conduit at any time. The obligations of the conduit to continue to purchase receivables under this short-term receivables program could be terminated if the Company’s long-term debt was rated lower than “BB+” by S&P or “Ba1” by Moody’s (which would be a decline of four levels from the current Moody’s rating). If this short-term receivables program were terminated, the Company would no longer be able to sell its short-term receivables to the conduit in this manner, but it would not have to repurchase previously-sold receivables.
Credit Facilities
      At December 31, 2006, the Company’s total domestic and non-U.S.  credit facilities totaled $4.0 billion, of which $175 million was considered utilized. These facilities are principally comprised of: (i) a $2.0 billion five-year revolving domestic credit facility maturing in December 2011 (the “5-Year Credit Facility”) which is not utilized, and (ii) $2.0 billion of non-U.S.  credit facilities (of which $175 million was considered utilized at December 31, 2006). The 5-Year Credit Facility replaced the Company’s former $1.0 billion three-year revolving domestic credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in May 2007. Unused availability under the existing credit facilities, together with available cash, cash equivalents, Sigma Funds balances and other sources of liquidity, are generally available to support outstanding commercial paper, which was $300 million at December 31, 2006.


Table of Contents

53
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
      In order to borrow funds under the 5-Year Credit Facility, the Company must be in compliance with various conditions, covenants and representations contained in the agreements. The Company was in compliance with the terms of the 5-Year Credit Facility at December 31, 2006. The Company has never borrowed under its domestic revolving credit facilities. Utilization of the non-U.S.  credit facilities may also be dependent on the Company’s ability to meet certain conditions at the time a borrowing is requested.
Contractual Obligations, Guarantees, and Other Purchase Commitments
Contractual Obligations
      Summarized in the table below are the Company’s obligations and commitments to make future payments under debt obligations (assuming earliest possible exercise of put rights by holders), lease payment obligations, and purchase obligations as of December 31, 2006.
                                                         
    Payments Due by Period (1)
     
(in millions)   Total   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   Thereafter
 
Long-Term Debt Obligations
  $ 4,134     $ 1,340     $ 198     $ 4     $ 534     $ 607     $ 1,451  
Lease Obligations
    2,328       351       281       209       178       158       1,151  
Purchase Obligations
    1,035       326       120       26       12       12       539  
                                           
Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 7,497     $ 2,017     $ 599     $ 239     $ 724     $ 777     $ 3,141  
 
(1)  Amounts included represent firm, non-cancelable commitments.
      Debt Obligations: At December 31, 2006, the Company’s long-term debt obligations, including current maturities and unamortized discount and issue costs, totaled $4.1 billion, as compared to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2005. A table of all outstanding long-term debt securities can be found in Note 4, “Debt and Credit Facilities,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      Lease Obligations: The Company owns most of its major facilities, but does lease certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and information technology and other equipment under principally non-cancelable operating leases. At December 31, 2006, future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, totaled $2.3 billion. Rental expense, net of sublease income, was $241 million in 2006, $250 million in 2005 and $205 million in 2004.
      Purchase Obligations: The Company has entered into agreements for the purchase of inventory, license of software, promotional agreements, and research and development agreements which are firm commitments and are not cancelable. The longest of these agreements extends through 2015. Total payments expected to be made under these agreements total $1.0 billion.
      Commitments Under Other Long-Term Agreements: The Company has entered into certain long-term agreements to purchase software, components, supplies and materials from suppliers. Most of the agreements extend for periods of one to three years (three to five years for software). However, generally these agreements do not obligate the Company to make any purchases, and many permit the Company to terminate the agreement with advance notice (usually ranging from 60 to 180 days). If the Company were to terminate these agreements, it generally would be liable for certain termination charges, typically based on work performed and supplier on-hand inventory and raw materials attributable to canceled orders. The Company’s liability would only arise in the event it terminates the agreements for reasons other than “cause.”
      The Company also enters into a number of arrangements for the sourcing of supplies and materials with minimum purchase commitments and take-or-pay obligations. The majority of the minimum purchase obligations under these contracts are over the life of the contract as opposed to a year-by-year take-or-pay. If these agreements were terminated at December 31, 2006, the Company’s obligation would not have been significant. The Company does not anticipate the cancellation of any of these agreements in the future. Subsequent to the end of 2006, the Company entered into take-or-pay arrangements with suppliers through May 2009 with minimum purchase obligations of $2.2 billion during that period. The Company estimates purchases during that period that exceed the minimum obligations.
      The Company outsources certain corporate functions, such as benefit administration and information technology-related services. These contracts are expected to expire in 2013. The total remaining payments under these contracts are approximately $1.3 billion over the remaining seven years; however, these contracts can be


Table of Contents

54
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
terminated. Termination would result in a penalty substantially less than the remaining annual contract payments. The Company would also be required to find another source for these services, including the possibility of performing them in-house.
      As is customary in bidding for and completing network infrastructure projects and pursuant to a practice the Company has followed for many years, the Company has a number of performance/bid bonds and standby letters of credit outstanding, primarily relating to projects of the Networks and Enterprise segment. These instruments normally have maturities of up to three years and are standard in the industry as a way to give customers a convenient mechanism to seek resolution if a contractor does not satisfy performance requirements under a contract. A customer can draw on the instrument only if the Company does not fulfill all terms of a project contract. If such an occasion occurred, the Company would be obligated to reimburse the financial institution that issued the bond or letter of credit for the amounts paid. The Company is not generally required to post any cash in connection with the issuance of these bonds or letters of credit. In its long history, it has been extraordinarily uncommon for the Company to have a performance/bid bond or standby letter of credit drawn upon. At December 31, 2006, outstanding performance/bid bonds and standby letters of credit totaled approximately $1.5 billion, compared to $1.0 billion at the end of 2005.
      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements: Under the definition contained in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation  S-K, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Adequate Internal and External Funding Resources
      The Company believes that it has adequate internal and external resources available to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months as supported by the level of cash, cash equivalents and Sigma Funds in the U.S., the ability to repatriate cash, cash equivalents and Sigma Funds from foreign jurisdictions, the ability to borrow under existing or future credit facilities, the ability to issue commercial paper, and access to the short-term and long-term debt markets.
Customer Financing Commitments and Guarantees
      Outstanding Commitments: Certain purchasers of the Company’s infrastructure equipment continue to request that suppliers provide financing in connection with equipment purchases. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the equipment. Periodically, the Company makes commitments to provide financing to purchasers in connection with the sale of equipment. However, the Company’s obligation to provide financing is often conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser’s credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the receivable from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to extend credit to third-parties totaling $398 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $689 million at December 31, 2005. Of these amounts, $262 million was supported by letters of credit or by bank commitments to purchase receivables at December 31, 2006, compared to $594 million at December 31, 2005.
      Guarantees of Third-Party Debt: In addition to providing direct financing to certain equipment customers, the Company also assists customers in obtaining financing directly from banks and other sources to fund equipment purchases. The Company had committed to provide financial guarantees relating to customer financing totaling $122 million and $140 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively (including $19 million and $66 million, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables). Customer financing guarantees outstanding were $47 million and $79 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively (including $2 million and $42 million, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables).
Customer Financing Arrangements
      Outstanding Finance Receivables: The Company had net finance receivables of $269 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $260 million at December 31, 2005 (net of allowances for losses of $10 million at December 31, 2006 and $12 million at December 31, 2005). These finance receivables are generally interest bearing, with rates ranging from 2% to 11%. Interest income recognized on finance receivables for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $9 million, $7 million and $9 million, respectively.
      Telsim Loan: On October 28, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to resolve disputes regarding Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. (“Telsim”) with Telsim and the government of Turkey. The


Table of Contents

55
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
government of Turkey and the Turkish Savings and Deposit Insurance Fund (“TMSF”) are third-party beneficiaries of the settlement agreement. In settlement of its claims, the Company received $410 million in cash in 2006 and $500 million in 2005. The Company is permitted to, and will continue to, enforce its U.S. court judgment against the Uzan family, except in Turkey and three other countries.
      Sales of Receivables and Loans: From time to time, the Company sells short-term receivables, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases (collectively, “finance receivables”) to third parties in transactions that qualify as “true-sales.” Certain of these finance receivables are sold to third parties on a one-time, non-recourse basis, while others are sold to third parties under committed facilities that involve contractual commitments from these parties to purchase qualifying receivables up to an outstanding monetary limit. Committed facilities may be revolving in nature. Certain sales may be made through separate legal entities that are also consolidated by the Company. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold finance receivables.
      In the aggregate, at December 31, 2006, these committed facilities provided for up to $1.3 billion to be outstanding with the third parties at any time, as compared to up to $1.1 billion provided at December 31, 2005 and up to $724 million provided at December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2006, $817 million of these committed facilities were utilized, compared to $585 million utilized at December 31, 2005 and $305 million utilized at December 31, 2004. Certain events could cause one of these facilities to terminate. In addition, before receivables can be sold under certain of the committed facilities, they may need to meet contractual requirements, such as credit quality or insurability.
      Total finance receivables sold by the Company were $6.4 billion in 2006 (including $6.2 billion of short-term receivables), compared to $4.5 billion sold in 2005 (including $4.2 billion of short-term receivables) and $3.8 billion sold in 2004 (including $3.8 billion of short-term receivables). As of December 31, 2006, there were $1.1 billion of receivables outstanding under these programs for which the Company retained servicing obligations (including $789 million of short-term receivables), compared to $1.0 billion outstanding at December 31, 2005 (including $838 million of short-term receivables) and $720 million outstanding at December 31, 2004 (including $589 of short-term receivables).
      Under certain of the receivables programs, the value of the receivables sold is covered by credit insurance obtained from independent insurance companies, less deductibles or self-insurance requirements under the policies (with the Company retaining credit exposure for the remaining portion). The Company’s total credit exposure to outstanding short-term receivables that have been sold was $19 million at December 31, 2006 as compared to $66 million at December 31, 2005. A reserve of $4 million was recorded for potential losses on sold receivables at both December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
Other Contingencies
      Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value: In certain circumstances, our businesses may enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the other party for failed performance might exceed the revenue the Company receives from the contract. Contracts with these sorts of uncapped damage provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. Although it has not previously happened to the Company, there is a possibility that a damage claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses to the Company that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.
      Legal Matters: The Company has several lawsuits filed against it relating to the Iridium program, as further described under “Item 3: Legal Proceedings” of this document. The Company has not reserved for any potential liability that may arise as a result of litigation related to the Iridium program. While the still pending cases are in various stages and the outcomes are not predictable, an unfavorable outcome of one or more of these cases could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
      The Company is a defendant in various other lawsuits and is subject to various claims which arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, and other than discussed above with respect to the still pending Iridium cases, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.


Table of Contents

56
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Segment Information
       The following commentary should be read in conjunction with the financial results of each reporting segment as detailed in Note 11, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Net sales and operating results for the Company’s three operating segments for 2006, 2005 and 2004 are presented below.
Mobile Devices Segment
      The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. In 2006, the segment’s net sales represented 66% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 61% in 2005 and 58% in 2004.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31   Percent Change
         
(Dollars in millions)   2006   2005   2004   2006—2005   2005—2004
 
Segment net sales
  $ 28,383     $ 21,459     $ 17,108       32 %     25 %
Operating earnings
    2,690       2,192       1,728       23 %     27 %
 
Segment Results—2006 Compared to 2005
      In 2006, the segment’s net sales increased 32% to $28.4 billion, compared to $21.5 billion in 2005. The increase in net sales was driven by a 49% increase in unit shipments, primarily driven by strong demand for GSM and CDMA handsets and reflecting consumers’ desire for the segment’s compelling products that combine innovative style and leading technology, partially offset by an 11% decrease in average selling price (“ASP”). On a product technology basis, net sales of products for GSM and CDMA technologies increased and net sales of products for iDEN and UMTS technologies decreased. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in High Growth markets (defined as countries in the Middle East, Africa, Southeast Asia and India), North Asia, North America and Latin America, and decreased in Europe.
      The segment’s operating earnings increased to $2.7 billion in 2006, compared to operating earnings of $2.2 billion in 2005. The 23% increase in operating earnings was primarily due to an increase in gross margin, driven primarily by: (i) the 49% increase in unit shipments, (ii) savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives, and (iii) increased income from technology and platform licensing, partially offset by the 11% decline in ASP. The increase in gross margin was partially offset by: (i) an increase in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, primarily driven by an increase in marketing expenses to support higher net sales and promote brand awareness, and (ii) an increase in research and development (“R&D”) expenditures, as a result of an increase in developmental engineering for new product development and software, as well as ongoing investment in next-generation technologies. The segment’s industry typically experiences short life cycles for new products, so it is vital to the segment’s success that new, compelling products are constantly introduced. Therefore, a strong commitment to R&D is required to fuel long-term growth. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses increased and R&D expenditures decreased as compared to 2005.
      The segment’s backlog was $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2005. This decrease in backlog is primarily due to an unusually high level of backlog at December 31, 2005 due to strong customer demand for new products during the fourth quarter of 2005, certain of which were unable to be shipped in significant quantities due to supply constraints for select components.
      Unit shipments increased 49% to 217.4 million units in 2006, compared to 146.0 million units in 2005. The overall increase was driven by increased unit shipments of products for GSM, CDMA and UMTS technologies, partially offset by decreased unit shipments of products for iDEN technology. For the full year 2006, unit shipments by the segment increased in all regions. Due to the segment’s increase in unit shipments outpacing overall growth in the worldwide handset market, which grew approximately 20% in 2006, the segment believes that it expanded its global handset market share to an estimated 22% in 2006.
      In 2006, ASP decreased approximately 11% compared to 2005. The overall decrease in ASP was driven primarily by an unfavorable geographic and product-tier mix. By comparison, ASP decreased approximately 10% in 2005 and increased approximately 15% in 2004. ASP is impacted by numerous factors, including product mix, market conditions and competitive product offerings, and ASP trends often vary over time.


Table of Contents

57
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
      The largest of the segment’s end customers (including sales through distributors) are China Mobile, Verizon, Sprint Nextel, Cingular, and T-Mobile. These five largest customers accounted for approximately 39% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. Besides selling directly to carriers and operators, the segment also sells products through a variety of third-party distributors and retailers, which account for approximately 38% of the segment’s net sales. The largest of these distributors is Brightstar Corporation. The loss of any of the segment’s key customers could have a significant impact on the segment’s business.
      Although the U.S. market continued to be the segment’s largest individual market, many of our customers, and more than 65% of our segment’s 2006 net sales, were outside the U.S. The largest of these international markets are China, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Hong Kong.
      During 2006, the segment completed the acquisition of TTP Communications plc, a developer of intellectual property used in the design and manufacture of wireless communication terminals and a leading provider of protocol stack software that offers rapid customization of handsets through its AJAR applications framework. Subsequent to the end of 2006, the segment completed the acquisition of Good Technology, Inc., a leader in enterprise mobile computing software and service.
Segment Results—2005 Compared to 2004
      In 2005, the segment’s net sales increased 25% to $21.5 billion, compared to $17.1 billion in 2004. The increase in net sales was driven by a 40% increase in unit shipments in 2005, reflecting strong consumer demand for GSM handsets. The segment had increased net sales in all regions as a result of an improved product portfolio, strong market growth in emerging markets and high replacement sales in more mature markets.
      The segment’s operating earnings increased to $2.2 billion in 2005, compared to operating earnings of $1.7 billion in 2004. The 27% increase in operating earnings was primarily related to an increase in gross margin, driven by the 25% increase in net sales. The improvement in gross margin was partially offset by: (i) an increase in SG&A expenses, primarily driven by increased marketing expenses to support higher net sales and brand awareness, and (ii) an increase in R&D expenditures, as a result of increased investment in new product development. As a percentage of net sales, both R&D expenditures and SG&A expenses decreased in 2005 as compared to 2004.
      The segment’s backlog was $3.0 billion at December 31, 2005, compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2004. During 2005, the segment had strong order growth and backlog increased due to: (i) strong customer demand for new products during the fourth quarter of 2005, certain of which were unable to be shipped in significant quantities due to supply constraints for select components, and (ii) the segment’s higher level of general order input in the fourth quarter of 2005 compared to the fourth quarter of 2004.
      Unit shipments increased 40% to 146.0 million in 2005, compared to 104.5 million in 2004. The increase in unit shipments was attributed to broad acceptance of the segment’s product offering, particularly a strong demand for GSM handsets. For the full year 2005, unit shipments by the segment increased in all regions. Due to the segment’s increase in unit shipments outpacing overall growth in the worldwide handset market, which grew approximately 17% in 2005, the segment believes that it expanded its global market share to an estimated 18% in 2005.
      In 2005, ASP decreased approximately 10% compared to 2004. The overall decrease in ASP was driven primarily by a higher percentage of lower-tier, lower-priced handsets in the overall sales mix. By comparison, ASP increased approximately 15% in 2004 and declined approximately 8% in 2003.
      The largest of the segment’s end customers (including sales through distributors) were Sprint Nextel, Cingular, China Mobile, América Móvil and T-Mobile. These five largest customers accounted for approximately 41% of the segment’s net sales in 2005. During 2005, purchases of iDEN ® products by Sprint Nextel comprised approximately 13% of the segment’s net sales. Besides selling directly to carriers and operators, the segment also sells products through a variety of third-party distributors and retailers, which account for approximately 36% of the segment’s net sales. The largest of these distributors was Brightstar Corporation.
      Although the U.S. market continued to be the segment’s largest individual market, many of our customers, and more than 63% of our segment’s 2005 net sales, were outside the U.S. The largest of these international markets were China, the United Kingdom, Brazil, Germany and Mexico.


Table of Contents

58
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Networks and Enterprise Segment
      The Networks and Enterprise segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems to public carriers and other wireless service providers (referred to as the “public networks” market), and (ii) analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems, as well as wireless broadband systems, to a wide range of public safety, government, utility, transportation and other worldwide enterprise markets (referred to as the “private networks” market). In January 2007, the segment completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies Inc. (“Symbol”), a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to -end enterprise mobility solutions. Symbol will become the cornerstone of the segment’s enterprise mobility strategy. In 2006, the segment’s net sales represented 26% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 32% in 2005 and 35% in 2004.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31   Percent Change
         
(Dollars in millions)   2006   2005   2004   2006 — 2005   2005—2004
 
Segment net sales
  $ 11,245     $ 11,202     $ 10,465       0 %     7 %
Operating earnings
    1,521       1,939       1,550       (22 )%     25 %
 
Segment Results—2006 Compared to 2005
      The segment’s net sales were $11.2 billion in both 2006 and 2005. The slight increase in net sales was primarily driven by higher net sales in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region (“EMEA”) and Latin America, partially offset by lower net sales in North America and Asia. In the private networks market, net sales were up in all regions, driven by increased demand for enhanced mission-critical communications systems. Net sales to the public networks market decreased, primarily due to decreases in: (i) Asia, due in part to delays in the granting of 3G licenses in China that have led service providers to slow their near-term capital investment and competitive pricing, (ii) North America, primarily due to customer expenditures returning to historic trends compared to an exceptionally strong 2005, and (iii) Latin America, partially offset by a slight increase in net sales in EMEA.
      The segment’s operating earnings were $1.5 billion in 2006, compared to operating earnings of $1.9 billion in 2005. The 22% decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to: (i) a decrease in gross margin, due to an unfavorable product/regional mix and competitive pricing in the public networks market, and (ii) an increase in reorganization of business charges, primarily related to employee severance. As a percentage of net sales, both R&D expenditures and SG&A expenses were flat compared to 2005.
      Net sales into U.S. markets represented approximately 51% of the segment’s total net sales in 2006, compared to approximately 52% in 2005. Due to the nature of the segment’s business, many of the agreements we enter into are long-term contracts that require sizeable investments by our customers. Net sales to the segment’s top five commercial customers, plus the U.S. government and its public safety agencies, represented approximately 34% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. The loss of one of these major customers could have a significant impact on the segment’s business and, because many of these contracts are long-term in nature, could impact revenue and earnings over several quarters. The segment’s backlog was $4.4 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2005.
      In the private networks business, natural disasters and terrorist-related worldwide events in 2005 continued to place an emphasis on mission-critical communications systems. Spending by the segment’s private networks market customers is affected by government budgets at the national, state and local levels.
      In the public networks business, Sprint Nextel selected the segment to play a major role in the Sprint Nextel WiMAX infrastructure roll-out. The segment has been a long-standing proponent of WiMAX and is now participating in 22 WiMAX trials globally. The segment also maintained momentum in infrastructure development and services in 2006 by continuing to deliver outstanding technologies and services for wireless and wireline carriers. The segment has 55 commercial deployments of push-to-talk over cellular (“PoC”) technology with customers operating in 39 countries through 2006.
      Sprint Nextel is the segment’s largest customer and the segment has been Sprint Nextel’s sole supplier of iDEN network infrastructure equipment for more than ten years. Sprint Nextel uses Motorola’s proprietary iDEN technology to support its nationwide wireless service business. Motorola is currently operating under a supply agreement for iDEN infrastructure equipment that covers the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31,


Table of Contents

59
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
2007. The segment’s sales of iDEN network infrastructure equipment decreased from 2005 to 2006 and is expected to continue to decline in 2007.
      During 2006, the segment completed a number of significant acquisitions, including: (i) Orthogon Systems LLC, a leader in wireless Ethernet connectivity and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (“OFDM”) technology for fixed wireless equipment, and (ii) NextNet Wireless, Inc., a former Clearwire Corporation subsidiary and a leading provider of OFDM-based non -line-of -sight (“NLOS”) wireless broadband infrastructure equipment.
      The acquisition of Symbol is an important step forward for our enterprise mobility strategy. Consistent with the segment’s focus on extending our seamless mobility leadership, the acquisition unites the adjacent assets, expertise, customer bases, supplier bases and industry-leading products to enhance the segment’s leading position in the enterprise mobility market.
Segment Results—2005 Compared to 2004
      In 2005, the segment’s net sales increased 7% to $11.2 billion, compared to $10.5 billion in 2004. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by higher net sales in North America and EMEA, partially offset by lower net sales in Asia and Latin America. In 2005 compared to 2004, net sales to the private networks market were up in all regions, driven by increased demand for enhanced mission-critical communications systems and the continued focus on homeland security initiatives. Net sales to the public networks market: (i) increased in EMEA and North America, primarily due to increased demand for cellular infrastructure equipment and related services, and (ii) decreased in Asia, due in part to delays in the granting of 3G licenses in China that have led service providers to slow their near-term capital investment, and in Latin America.
      The segment’s operating earnings increased to $1.9 billion in 2005, compared to operating earnings of $1.6 billion in 2004. The 25% increase in operating earnings was primarily due to: (i) an increase in gross margin, driven by the 7% increase in net sales, and (ii) improvements in cost structure for the public networks market. This improvement in operating results was partially offset by: (i) an increase in SG&A expenses, primarily due to increased selling and sales support expenses associated with the increase in net sales, and (ii) an increase in R&D expenditures, driven by increased investment in next-generation technologies across the segment. As a percentage of net sales in 2005 compared to 2004, R&D expenditures decreased and SG&A expenses increased.
      Net sales into U.S. markets represented approximately 52% of the segment’s total net sales in 2005, compared to approximately 50% in 2004. Net sales to the segment’s top five commercial customers, plus the U.S. government and its public safety agencies, represented approximately 37% of the segment’s net sales in 2005. The loss of one of these major customers could have a significant impact on the segment’s business and, because many of these contracts are long-term in nature, could impact revenue and earnings over several quarters. The segment’s backlog was $4.1 billion at December 31, 2005, compared to $4.2 billion at December 31, 2004.
      On August 12, 2005, Sprint Corporation and Nextel Communications, Inc. completed their merger transaction (the “Sprint Nextel Merger”) that was announced in December 2004. In 2005, the combined company, Sprint Nextel, was the segment’s largest customer, representing 14% of the segment’s net sales. The segment did not experience any significant impact to its business in 2005 as a result of the Sprint Nextel Merger.
      In 2005, the segment continued to build on its industry-leading position in push-to -talk over cellular (“PoC”) technology, executing agreements to launch our PoC product application on both GSM and CDMA2000 networks. The segment had 44 commercial deployments of PoC technology with customers operating in 33 countries and territories through 2005. In addition, the segment signed a contract with Earthlink to deliver equipment and services enabling them to become a Metro WiFi broadband provider in Philadelphia, Anaheim and other cities.
Connected Home Solutions Segment
      The Connected Home Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells and services: (i) cable television, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network set-top boxes (“digital entertainment devices”), (ii)  end-to -end digital video system solutions, (iii) broadband access networks, and (iv)  IP-based data and voice products


Table of Contents

60
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
(including modems). The segment’s net sales represented 8% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in 2006, 2005 and 2004.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31   Percent Change
         
(Dollars in millions)   2006   2005   2004   2006—2005   2005—2004
 
Segment net sales
  $ 3,327     $ 2,871     $ 2,335       16 %     23 %
Operating earnings (loss)
    224       153       154       46 %     0 %
 
Segment Results—2006 Compared to 2005
      In 2006, the segment’s net sales increased 16% to $3.3 billion, compared to $2.9 billion in 2005. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by increased demand for digital entertainment devices, particularly advanced HD/DVR set-top boxes. Net sales increased in all regions. Net sales in North America continue to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for 83% of the segment’s total net sales in 2006, compared to 85% in 2005. The segment’s backlog was $792 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $430 million at December 31, 2005. The 84% increase in backlog is primarily due to strong orders for our digital and HD/DVR set-top boxes.
      The segment had operating earnings of $224 million in 2006, compared to operating earnings of $153 million in 2005. The 46% increase in operating earnings was primarily due to the increase in gross margin, driven by the 16% increase in net sales, partially offset by: (i) an increase in Other charges (income) from a legal reserve and an increase in net reorganization of business charges, primarily relating to employee severance, and (ii) an increase in R&D expenditures, primarily related to developmental engineering expenditures. SG&A expenses and R&D expenditures as a percentage of net sales both decreased as compared to 2005.
      In 2006, net sales of digital entertainment devices increased 24% compared to 2005. Unit shipments of digital entertainment devices increased to 10.1 million, a 57% increase from 2005, while ASPs decreased due to a product mix shift. The increase in unit shipments of digital entertainment devices was primarily due to increased demand for HD/DVR set-top boxes. The segment continued to be the worldwide leader in market share for digital entertainment devices.
      In 2006, net sales of cable modems increased 18% compared to 2005. The increase in net sales of cable modems was due to: (i) increased unit shipments of cable modems, and (ii) increased ASPs for cable modems, reflecting increased demand for advanced voice-enabled modems. The segment retained its leading worldwide market share in cable modems.
      Demand for the segment’s products depends primarily on the level of capital spending by broadband operators for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their communications systems, and for offering advanced services. In 2006, our cable operator customers significantly increased their purchases of the segment’s products and services, primarily due to increased demand for digital entertainment devices, particularly HD/DVR set-top boxes.
      The segment is dependent upon a small number of customers for a significant portion of its sales. A small number of large cable television multiple system operators (“MSOs”) own a large portion of the cable systems and account for a significant portion of the total capital spending in the cable industry. In 2006, net sales to the segment’s top five customers represented 54% of the segment’s total net sales, and net sales to the segment’s largest customer, Comcast Corporation (“Comcast”), accounted for 29% of the segment’s total net sales. The loss of business from any major MSO could have a significant impact on the segment’s business.
      During 2006, the segment completed a number of significant acquisitions, including: (i) Kreatel Communications AB, a leading developer of innovative IP-based digital set-top boxes and software, (ii) Broadbus Technologies, Inc., a provider of technology solutions for television on demand, and (iii) Vertasent LLC, a software developer for managing technology elements for switched digital video networks. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on the segment results in 2006. In February 2007, the segment completed the acquisition of Netopia, Inc., a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections. The segment also announced its intention to acquire Tut Systems, Inc., a leading developer of edge routing and video encoders.


Table of Contents

61
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Segment Results—2005 Compared to 2004
      In 2005, the segment’s net sales increased 23% to $2.9 billion, compared to $2.3 billion in 2004. The increase in overall net sales was driven by increases in both ASP and unit shipments of digital entertainment devices, particularly HD/DVR set-top boxes. Net sales increased in North America, Latin America and Asia, partially offset by a slight decrease in net sales in EMEA. Net sales in North America accounted for 85% of the segment’s total net sales in 2005, compared to 83% in 2004. The segment’s backlog was $430 million at December 31, 2005, compared to $305 million at December 31, 2004.
      The segment generated operating earnings of $153 million in 2005, compared to $154 million in 2004. The slight decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to an increase in R&D expenditures, primarily related to developmental engineering expenditures, partially offset by an increase in gross margin, driven by the 23% increase in net sales. In 2005, compared to 2004, gross margin as a percentage of net sales decreased primarily due to increased product costs due to increased sales of digital entertainment devices, mainly HD/DVR set-top boxes, partially offset by higher ASPs on HD/DVR set-top boxes. As a percentage of net sales, for 2005 compared to 2004, SG&A expenses decreased and R&D expenditures increased.
      In 2005, net sales of digital entertainment devices increased 34%, due to increases in both ASP and unit shipments. The increase in ASP was driven by a product-mix shift towards higher-end products, particularly HD/DVR set-top boxes. The increase in unit shipments was primarily due to the increased spending by cable operators. The segment continued to be the worldwide leader in market share for digital cable set-top boxes.
      In 2005, net sales of cable modems increased 33%. The increase in net sales was due to an increase in cable modem unit shipments, which was partially offset by the decline in ASP for cable modems. The decrease in ASP was primarily due to increased competition. The segment retained its leading worldwide market share in cable modems.
      Demand for the segment’s products depends primarily on the level of capital spending by broadband operators for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their communications systems and services. After a number of years of decreased capital spending, in 2005 and 2004 our cable operator customers increased their purchases of the segment’s products and services, primarily due to increased demand for advanced digital set-top boxes to provide HD/DVR functionality.
      In 2005, net sales to the segment’s top five customers represented 53% of the segment’s total net sales and net sales to the segment’s largest customer, Comcast, accounted for 31% of the segment’s total net sales. The loss of business from any major MSO could have a significant impact on the segment’s business.
Significant Accounting Policies
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discuss the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
      Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes the following significant accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates:
   — Revenue recognition
   — Allowance for losses on finance receivables
   — Inventory valuation reserves
   — Taxes on income
   — Valuation of investments and long-lived assets


Table of Contents

62
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   — Restructuring activities
   — Retirement-related benefits
Revenue Recognition
      The Company’s arrangements with customers may differ in nature and complexity and may contain multiple deliverables, including products, equipment, services and software that may be essential to the functionality of the other deliverables, which requires the Company to make judgments and estimates in recognizing revenues.
      Product and equipment sales may contain discounts, price protection, return provisions and other customer incentives. The Company’s recorded revenues are reduced by allowances for these items at the time the sales are recorded. The allowances are based on management’s best estimate of the amount of allowances that the customer will ultimately earn and is based on historical experience taking into account the type of products sold, the type of customer and the type of transaction specific to each arrangement.
      The Company’s long-term contracts may involve the design, engineering, manufacturing and installation of wireless networks and two-way radio voice and data systems. These systems are designed to meet specific customer requirements and specifications and generally require extended periods to complete. If the Company can reliably estimate revenues and contract costs and the technology is considered proven, revenue is recognized under the percentage of completion method as work progresses towards completion; otherwise, the revenue is recognized under the completed contract method. Estimates of contract revenues, contract costs and progress towards completion are based on estimates that consider historical experience and other factors believed to be relevant under the circumstances. Management regularly reviews these estimates and considers the impact of recurring business risks and uncertainties inherent in the contracts, such as system performance and implementation delays due to factors within or outside the control of management.
      Generally, multiple element arrangements are separated into specific accounting units when delivered elements have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered element(s), and delivery of the undelivered element(s) is probable and substantially within the control of the Company. Total arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values (if the fair value of each accounting unit is known) or using the residual method (if the fair value of the undelivered element(s) is known). Revenue is recognized for a separate accounting unit when the revenue recognition criteria are met for that unit. In certain situations, judgment is required in determining both the number of accounting units and fair value of the elements, although generally the fair value of an element can be objectively determined if the Company sells the element on a stand-alone basis.
      Changes in these estimates could negatively impact the Company’s operating results. In addition, unforeseen conditions could arise over the contract term that may have a significant impact on the operating results. It is reasonably likely that different operating results would be reported if the Company used other acceptable revenue recognition methodologies, such as the completed-contract method, or applied different assumptions.
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
      The Company has historically provided financing to certain customers in connection with purchases of the Company’s infrastructure equipment where the contractual terms of the note agreements are greater than one year. Financing provided has included all or a portion of the equipment purchase price.
      Gross financing receivables were $279 million and $272 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively with an allowance for losses on these receivables of $10 million and $12 million, respectively. Of the receivables at December 31, 2006, $1 million ($0, net of allowances for losses of $1 million) were considered impaired based on management’s determination that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts in accordance with the contractual terms of the relevant agreement. By comparison, impaired receivables at December 31, 2005 were $10 million ($0, net of allowance for losses of $10 million).
      Management periodically reviews customer account activity in order to assess the adequacy of the allowances provided for potential losses. Factors considered include economic conditions, collateral values and each customer’s payment history and credit worthiness. Adjustments, if any, are made to reserve balances following the completion of these reviews to reflect management’s best estimate of potential losses. The resulting net finance receivable balance is intended to represent the estimated realizable value as determined based on: (i) the fair value of the


Table of Contents

63
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
underlying collateral, if the receivable is collateralized, or (ii) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit in the underlying receivable.
Inventory Valuation Reserves
      The Company records valuation reserves on its inventory for estimated obsolescence or un-marketability. The amount of the reserve is equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. On a quarterly basis, management in each segment performs an analysis of the underlying inventory to identify reserves needed for excess and obsolescence and, for the remaining inventory, assesses the net realizable value. Management uses its best judgment to estimate appropriate reserves based on this analysis.
      Inventories consisted of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Finished goods
  $ 1,796     $ 1,252  
Work-in-process and production materials
    1,782       1,699  
             
      3,578       2,951  
Less inventory reserves
    (416 )     (529 )
             
    $ 3,162     $ 2,422  
 
      The Company balances the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive delivery performance to its customers against the risk of inventory obsolescence due to rapidly changing technology and customer requirements. As indicated above, the Company’s inventory reserves represented 12% and 18% of the gross inventory balance at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company has inventory reserves for pending cancellations of product lines due to technology changes, long-life cycle products, lifetime buys at the end of supplier production runs, business exits, and a shift of production to outsourcing.
      If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory writedowns may be required. Likewise, as with other reserves based on management’s judgment, if the reserve is no longer needed, amounts are reversed into income. There were no significant reversals into income of this type in 2006 or 2005.
Taxes on Income
      The Company’s effective tax rate is based on pre-tax income and the tax rates applicable to that income in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. An estimated effective tax rate for a year is applied to the Company’s quarterly operating results. In the event that there is a significant unusual or discrete item recognized, or expected to be recognized, in the Company’s quarterly operating results, the tax attributable to that item would be separately calculated and recorded at the same time as the unusual or discrete item. The Company considers the resolution of prior year tax matters to be such items. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s effective tax rate and in evaluating its tax positions. The Company establishes reserves when it is probable that the Company will not realize the full tax benefit of the position. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances.
      Tax regulations may require items of income and expense to be included in the tax return in different periods than the items are reflected in the consolidated financial statements. As a result, the effective tax rate reflected in the consolidated financial statements may be different than the tax rate reported in the income tax return. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on the tax return, and some are temporary differences, such as depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in the tax return in future years for which the Company has already recorded the tax benefit in the consolidated financial statements. The Company establishes valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the amount of expected future taxable income will not support the use of the deduction or credit. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements for which payment has been deferred or expense for which the Company has already taken a deduction on the income tax return, but has not yet recognized as expense in the consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

64
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Valuation of Investments and Long-Lived Assets
      The Company assesses the impairment of investments and long-lived assets, which includes identifiable intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include: (i) underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, (ii) changes in the manner of use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business, (iii) negative industry or economic trends, (iv) declines in stock price of an investment for a sustained period, and (v) our market capitalization relative to net book value.
      When the Company determines that the carrying value of intangible assets, goodwill and long-lived assets may not be recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded. Impairment is generally measured based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model or prevailing market rates of investment securities, if available.
      At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the net book values of these assets were as follows (in millions):
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 2,267     $ 2,020  
Investments
    895       1,644  
Intangible assets
    354       231  
Goodwill
    1,706       1,349  
             
    $ 5,222     $ 5,244  
 
      The Company recorded fixed asset impairment charges of $15 million in both 2006 and 2005, compared to no charges in 2004.
      The Company recorded impairment charges related to its investment portfolio of $27 million, $25 million and $36 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, representing other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s investment portfolio, primarily related to cost-based investment write-downs. Additionally, the available-for-sale securities portfolio reflected a net pre-tax unrealized gain position of $60 million and $157 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
      The Company performs a goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level at least annually on October 1, or more often should triggering events occur. In determining the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company utilizes independent appraisal firms who employ a combination of present value techniques and quoted market prices of comparable businesses. No impairment charges were required in 2006 or 2005. During 2004, the Company determined that goodwill related to a sensor business, which was subsequently divested in 2005, was impaired by $125 million.
      The Company cannot predict the occurrence of future impairment-triggering events nor the impact such events might have on these reported asset values. Such events may include strategic decisions made in response to the economic conditions relative to product lines or operations and the impact of the economic environment on our customer base.
Restructuring Activities
      The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in -force or restructuring. Each separate reduction-in -force has qualified for severance benefits under the Severance Plan and, therefore, such benefits are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 112, “Accounting for Postemployment Benefits” (“SFAS 112”). Under the provisions of SFAS 112, the Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs primarily consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for exit costs and employee separation costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were


Table of Contents

65
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. The Company reverses accruals through the income statement line item where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer required.
Retirement-Related Benefits
      The Company’s noncontributory pension plan (the “Regular Pension Plan”) covers U.S. employees who became eligible after one year of service. The benefit formula is dependent upon employee earnings and years of service. Effective January 1, 2005, newly-hired employees were not eligible to participate in the Regular Pension Plan. On February 20, 2007, the Company passed an amendment to the Regular Pension Plan which changes the definition of average earnings. Under the current formula, benefits are calculated using the highest annual earnings in any five years within the last ten calendar years. Beginning in January 2008, the benefit will be based on the average of the five highest years of earnings within the last ten calendar years prior to December 31, 2007 averaged with future earnings. The Company also provides defined benefit plans to some of its foreign entities (the “Non-U.S.  Plans”).
      The Company also has a noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan (the “Officers’ Plan”) for its elected officers. The Officers’ Plan contains provisions for funding the participants’ expected retirement benefits when the participants meet the minimum age and years of service requirements. Elected officers who were not yet vested in the Officers’ Plan as of December 31, 1999 had the option to remain in the Officers’ Plan or elect to have their benefit bought out in restricted stock units. Effective December 31, 1999, no new elected officers were eligible to participate in the Officers’ Plan. Effective June 30, 2005, the salaries to be utilized for calculation of benefits under this plan have been frozen.
      The Company has an additional noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan (“MSPP”), which provides supplemental benefits in excess of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on the Regular Pension Plan. Elected officers covered under the Officers’ Plan or who participated in the restricted stock buy-out are not eligible to participate in MSPP. Effective January 1, 2005, newly-hired employees are not eligible to participate in the MSPP. Effective January 1, 2007, eligible compensation for calculation of benefits under MSPP has been capped at the IRS limit plus $175,000 or, for those in excess of this cap at January 1, 2007, their current compensation is frozen for calculation purposes.
      Certain healthcare benefits are available to eligible domestic employees meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). For eligible employees hired prior to January 1, 2002, the Company offsets a portion of the postretirement medical costs to the retired participant. As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan has been closed to new participants.
      Accounting methodologies use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of “events” are plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases. The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis and, therefore, the income statement effects of pension benefits or postretirement health care benefits are earned in, and should be expensed in, the same pattern.
      There are various assumptions used in calculating the net periodic benefit expense and related benefit obligations. One of these assumptions is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The required use of expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns and therefore result in a pattern of income and expense recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by the employees. Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the net periodic pension calculation over five years.
      The Company uses long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic pension cost and the net retirement healthcare expense. The Company’s investment return assumption for the Regular Pension Plan and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was 8.5% in 2006 and 2005. The investment return assumption for the Officers’ Plan was 6% in 2006 and 2005. At December 31, 2006, the Regular Pension Plan and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan


Table of Contents

66
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
investment portfolio were predominantly equity investments and the Officers’ Plan investment portfolio was predominantly fixed-income securities.


Table of Contents

66
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
      A second key assumption is the discount rate. The discount rate assumptions used for pension benefits and postretirement health care benefits accounting reflects, at December 31 of each year, the prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments that, if the obligation was settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The Company’s discount rate for measuring the pension obligations was 6% at December 2006 and 2005. The Company’s discount rate for measuring the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan obligation was 5.75% at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
      A final set of assumptions involves the cost drivers of the underlying benefits. The rate of compensation increase is a key assumption used in the actuarial model for pension accounting and is determined by the Company based upon its long-term plans for such increases. In both 2006 and 2005, the Company’s rate for future compensation increase was 4% for the Regular Pension Plan. The Company’s 2006 and 2005 rate for future compensation increase for the Officers’ Plan was 0% as the salaries to be utilized for calculation of benefits under this plan have been frozen. For Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan accounting, the Company reviews external data and its own historical trends for health care costs to determine the health care cost trend rates. Based on this review, the health care cost trend rate used to determine the December 31, 2006 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 10% for 2006 with a declining trend rate of 1% each year until it reaches 5% by 2011, with a flat 5% rate for 2011 and beyond. Changes in the industry’s projected health care costs have caused the graded trend rate assumption to be reset to 10% for 2007, with the trend rate expected to grade down 1% per year until reaching 5% by 2012.
      The actuarial assumptions for all plans are set forth at the beginning of the fiscal year. Variations from these assumptions typically are amortized into expense over the average service period. Beginning in 2006, unamortized amounts are held as a separate, non-owner component of equity. The Company recorded a non-cash, after-tax, net charge of $308 million to equity relating to the unamortized amounts for the Regular Pension Plan, the Officers’ Plan, Non-U.S.  Plans, and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan in the fourth quarter of 2006.
      For the Regular Pension Plan, the Company currently estimates 2007 expenses for continuing operations will be approximately $170 million. The 2006 and 2005 actual expenses were $240 million and $177 million, respectively. Cash contributions of $270 million were made to the Regular Pension Plan in 2006. The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $280 million to its U.S. pension plans and approximately $120 million to its non-U.S.  pension plans during 2007.
      For the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan, the Company currently estimates 2007 expenses for continuing operations will be approximately $21 million. The 2006 and 2005 actual expenses were $22 million and $27 million, respectively. Motorola is obligated to transfer to Freescale Semiconductor $68 million, plus investment returns earned on this amount, which was approximately $17 million as of December 31, 2006 in cash or plan assets, as permitted by law without adverse tax consequences to Motorola, with such transfer expected to occur in 2007. Cash contributions of $27 million were made to this plan in 2006. The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $24 million to the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan in 2007.
      The impact on the future financial results of the Company in relation to retirement-related benefits is dependent on economic conditions, employee demographics, interest rates and investment performance. The Company’s measurement date of its plan assets and obligations is December 31. Thus, during the fourth quarter of each year, management reviews and, if necessary, adjusts the assumptions associated with its benefit plans.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 159 on its consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued EITF 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF  06-4”). EITF  06-4 requires that endorsement split dollar life insurance arrangements which provide a benefit to an employee beyond the postretirement period be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” or APB Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion — 1967” based on the substance of


Table of Contents

67
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
the agreement with the employee. Under the provisions of these Statements, a liability should be accrued equal to the actuarial present value of the future death benefits over the service period. EITF  06-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The effects of applying EITF  06-4 may be reflected as either a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption or through retrospective application to all prior periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact of EITF  06-4 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires employers to (i) recognize the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on their consolidated balance sheet, (ii) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, (iii) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s statement of financial position, and (iv) disclose additional information in the notes to financial statements. The Company adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of SFAS 158 as of December 31, 2006. The impact of adopting these provisions was an increase in net liabilities for pension and postretirement health care benefits of $783 million and a decrease in stockholders’ equity of $514 million, net of taxes. The SFAS 158 provision related to measurement date is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the change in measurement date on the Company’s financial statements but does not believe the adoption of this provision of SFAS 158 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements and expands fair value measurement disclosures. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 expresses the SEC Staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 addresses the diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet. The Company adopted the provisions of SAB 108 as of December 31, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
      In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective beginning January 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows. The Company estimates that the adoption of FIN 48 will cause an increase in noncurrent liabilities and an equal offsetting increase in noncurrent deferred tax assets in the range of $900 million to $1.0 billion. The amount of cash ultimately payable with regard to the uncertain tax positions is not affected by the balance sheet reclassification estimated upon the adoption of FIN 48 and will be a function of Motorola’s overall tax situation when the underlying tax issues are resolved, taking into account the availability of deferred tax assets that may reduce tax otherwise due.
      In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — An Amendment of SFAS No. 140” (“SFAS 156”). Among other requirements, SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract when there is either: (i) a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that meets the requirements for sale accounting, (ii) a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization in which the transferor retains all of the resulting securities and classifies them as either available-for-sale securities or trading securities in accordance with SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, or (iii) an acquisition or assumption of an obligation to service a financial asset that does not relate to financial assets of the servicer or its consolidated affiliates. SFAS 156 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company does not believe the adoption of


Table of Contents

68
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
SFAS 156 will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
Realignment of Segments
      Effective as of the second quarter of 2006, the Company realigned its businesses into three operating business segments: (i) Mobile Devices, (ii) Networks and Enterprise, and (iii) Connected Home Solutions. In addition, during the second quarter of 2006, the Company executed an agreement to sell its automotive electronics business. Reclassifications have been made to prior years’ financial statements and related notes to conform to the 2006 presentation and present the automotive electronics business as a discontinued operation.
Reclassifications
      Effective as of the fourth quarter 2006, the Company reflects costs associated with the amortization of intangible assets and in-process research and development at the corporate level rather than at the business segment level. Accordingly, these costs have been reclassified in prior period financial statements from the corresponding business segment to Other and Eliminations to conform to the current period presentation. In addition, certain costs associated with amortization of intangible assets, information technology development and new product introduction costs have been reclassified between statement lines in the consolidated statements of operations in the prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.
Forward-Looking Statements
      Except for historical matters, the matters discussed in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Item 1: Business” about the impact of the Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”) acquisition; (2) “Mobile Device Segment,” about industry growth, including in emerging markets and for replacement sales, the impact of the segment’s strategy, the impact from the loss of key customers, the allocation and regulation of frequencies, the impact of regulatory matters, the availability of materials, energy supplies and labor, the seasonality of the business, the firmness of the segment’s backlog and the manufacturing location; (3) “Networks and Enterprise Segment,” about the impact of the Symbol acquisition, the potential of the portfolio, 3G licenses and market development, homeland security industry growth, sales and utilization, enterprise mobility market growth, the impact of the segment’s strategy, the impact from the loss of key customers, competition from system integrators and telecommunications carriers, consolidation among providers, iDEN trends, the impact of regulatory matters, allocation and regulation of frequencies, the availability of materials, energy supplies and labor, the seasonality of the business and the firmness of the segment’s backlog; (4) “Connected Home Solutions Segment,” about the impact of the segment’s strategy, the impact of acquisitions, the impact from the loss of key customers, the competitive position, the impact of demand and competitive changes, the impact of regulatory matters, the availability of materials, energy supplies and labor, the seasonality of the business and the firmness of the segment’s backlog; (5) “Other Information,” about the impact from the loss of key customers, the firmness of the aggregate backlog position, the competitiveness through research and development and utilization of technology; (6) “Properties,” about the impact of property sales and the consequences of a disruption in manufacturing; (7) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters; (8) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” about: (a) the impact of acquisitions, (b) the success of our business strategy, (c) future payments, charges, use of accruals and expected cost-saving benefits associated with our reorganization of business programs, (d) the Company’s ability and cost to repatriate funds, (e) the impact of the timing and level of sales and the geographic location of such sales, (f) future cash contributions to pension plans or retiree health benefit plans, (g) outstanding commercial paper balances, (h) the Company’s ability and cost to access the capital markets, (i) the Company’s ability to retire outstanding debt, (j) adequacy of resources to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure measurements, (k) expected payments pursuant to commitments under long-term agreements, (l) the outcome of ongoing and future legal proceedings (m) the impact of recent accounting pronouncements on the Company, and (n) the impact of the loss of key customers; and (9) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency exchange risks, (b) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company, and (c) the ability of counterparties to financial instruments to perform their obligations.
      Some of the risk factors that affect the Company’s business and financial results are discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors.” We wish to caution the reader that the risk factors discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors”, and those described elsewhere in this report or our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.


Table of Contents

69
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Foreign Currency Risk
      As a multinational company, the Company’s transactions are denominated in a variety of currencies. The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on the exchange rate price fluctuation, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into trades for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as a part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
      The Company’s strategy in foreign exchange exposure issues is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the operating business units’ assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of the Company’s non-functional currency receivables and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company enters into derivative contracts for some firm commitments and some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, through managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
      At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had net outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $4.8 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should offset losses and gains on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions, except for the ineffective portion of the instruments, which are charged to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The following table shows, in millions of U.S. dollars, the five largest net foreign exchange contract positions as of December 31, 2006 and, 2005:
                 
    December 31,
     
Buy (Sell)   2006   2005
 
Euro
  $ (2,069 )   $ (1,076 )
Chinese Renminbi
    (1,195 )     (728 )
Brazilian Real
    (466 )     (348 )
Indian Rupee
    (148 )     (70 )
British Pound
    252       (226 )
 
      The Company is exposed to credit-related losses if counterparties to financial instruments fail to perform their obligations. However, the Company does not expect any counterparties, all of whom presently have investment grade credit ratings, to fail to meet their obligations.
      Foreign exchange financial instruments that are subject to the effects of currency fluctuations, which may affect reported earnings, include derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments which are not denominated in the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. Derivative financial instruments consist primarily of forward contracts and currency options. Other financial instruments, which are not denominated in the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, Sigma Funds and short-term investments, as well as accounts payable and receivable. Accounts payable and receivable are reflected at fair value in the financial statements. The fair value of the foreign exchange financial instruments would hypothetically decrease by $312 million as of December 31, 2006 if the foreign currency rates were to change unfavorably by 10% of current levels. This hypothetical amount is suggestive of the effect on future cash flows under the following conditions: (i) all current payables and receivables that are hedged were not realized, (ii) all hedged commitments and anticipated transactions were not realized or canceled, and (iii) hedges of these amounts were not canceled or offset. The Company does not expect that any of these conditions will be


Table of Contents

70
realized. The Company expects that gains and losses on the derivative financial instruments should offset gains and losses on the assets, liabilities and future transactions being hedged. If the hedged transactions were included in the sensitivity analysis, the hypothetical change in fair value would be immaterial. The foreign exchange financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading.
Fair Value Hedges
      The Company recorded income of $0.6 million, $1.5 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of fair value hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to fair value hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are included in the amounts noted above.
Cash Flow Hedges
      The Company recorded income (expense) of $13 million, $1 million and $(12) million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to cash flow hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are included in the amounts noted above.
      During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, on a pre-tax basis, income (expense) of $(98) million, $21 million and $(27) million, respectively, was reclassified from equity to earnings in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. If exchange rates do not change from year-end, the Company estimates that $16 million of pre-tax net derivative income included in Non-owner changes to equity within Stockholders’ equity would be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months and will be reclassified in the same period that the hedged item affects earnings. The actual amounts that will be reclassified into earnings over the next twelve months will vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions.
      At December 31, 2006, the maximum term of derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was two years. However, the weighted average duration of the Company’s derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was seven months.
Net Investment in Foreign Operations Hedge
      At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company did not have any hedges of foreign currency exposure of net investments in foreign operations.
Investments Hedge
      During the first quarter of 2006, the Company entered into a zero-cost collar derivative (the “Sprint Nextel Derivative”) to protect itself economically against price fluctuations in its 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”) non-voting common stock. During the second quarter of 2006, as a result of Sprint Nextel’s spin-off of Embarq Corporation through a dividend to Sprint Nextel shareholders, the Company received approximately 1.9 million shares of Embarq Corporation. The floor and ceiling prices of the Sprint Nextel Derivative were adjusted accordingly. The Sprint Nextel Derivative was not designated as a hedge under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Accordingly, to reflect the change in fair value of the Sprint Nextel Derivative, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In December 2006, the Sprint Nextel Derivative was terminated and settled in cash and the 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel were converted to common shares and sold. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $820 million from the settlement of the Sprint Nextel Derivative and the


Table of Contents

71
subsequent sale of the 37.6 million Sprint Nextel shares. The Company recognized a loss of $126 million in connection with the sale of the remaining shares of Sprint Nextel common stock. As described above, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million in connection with the Sprint Nextel Derivative.
      Prior to the merger of Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”) and Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”), the Company had entered into variable share forward purchase agreements (the “Variable Forwards”) to hedge its Nextel common stock. The Company did not designate the Variable Forwards as a hedge of the Sprint Nextel shares received as a result of the merger. Accordingly, the Company recorded $51 million of gains for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflecting the change in value of the Variable Forwards. The Variable Forwards were settled during the fourth quarter of 2005.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, Sigma Funds, short-term investments, accounts receivable, long-term finance receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, notes payable, long-term debt, foreign currency contracts and other financing commitments.
      Using available market information, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2006 was $4.3 billion, compared to a carrying value of $4.1 billion. Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange.
      The fair values of the other financial instruments were not materially different from their carrying or contract values at December 31, 2006.
Equity Price Market Risk
      At December 31, 2006, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $130 million which represented a cost basis of $70 million and a net unrealized gain of $60 million. The value of the available-for-sale securities would change by $13 million as of year-end 2006 if the price of the stock in each of the publicly-traded companies were to change by 10%. These equity securities are held for purposes other than trading.
Interest Rate Risk
      At December 31, 2006, the Company’s short-term debt consisted primarily of $300 million of commercial paper, priced at short-term interest rates. The Company has $4.1 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates.
      In order to manage the mix of fixed and floating rates in its debt portfolio, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps to change the characteristics of interest rate payments from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments. The following table displays these outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 2006:
             
    Notional Amount    
    Hedged   Underlying Debt
Date Executed   (in millions)   Instrument
 
August 2004
  $ 1,200     4.608% notes due 2007
September 2003
    457     7.625% debentures due 2010
September 2003
    600     8.0% notes due 2011
May 2003
    114     6.5% notes due 2008
May 2003
    84     5.8% debentures due 2008
May 2003
    69     7.625% debentures due 2010
March 2002
    118     7.6% notes due 2007
           
    $ 2,642      
 
      The weighted average short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments on each of the above interest rate swaps was 7.29% for the three months ended December 31, 2006. The fair value of the above interest rate swaps at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, was $(47) million and $(50) million, respectively. The fair value of


Table of Contents

72
the above interest rate swaps would hypothetically decrease by $24 million (i.e., would decrease from $(47) million to $(71) million) if LIBOR were to change unfavorably by 10% from current levels. Except as noted below, the Company had no outstanding commodity derivatives, currency swaps or options relating to debt instruments at December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2005.
      The Company designated the above interest rate swap agreements as part of a fair value hedging relationship. As such, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument, as well as the hedged debt are recognized in earnings, therefore adjusting the carrying amount of the debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such hedge agreements. In the event the underlying debt instrument matures or is redeemed or repurchased, the Company is likely to terminate the corresponding interest rate swap contracts.
      Additionally, effective December 31, 2006, one of the Company’s European subsidiaries entered into interest rate agreements (“Interest Agreements”) relating to a Euro-denominated loan. The interest on the Euro-denominated loan is floating based on 3-month EURIBOR plus a spread. The Interest Agreements change the characteristics of interest rate payments from short-term EURIBOR based variable payments to maximum fixed-rate payments. The Interest Agreements are not accounted for as a part of a hedging relationship and accordingly the changes in the fair value of the Interest Agreements are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the Interest Agreements at December 31, 2006 was $1 million. The fair value of the Interest Agreements would hypothetically decrease by $2 million (i.e., would decrease from $1 million to $(1) million if EURIBOR rates were to change unfavorably by 10% from current levels).
      The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its swap contracts. The Company minimizes its credit risk on these transactions by only dealing with leading, creditworthy financial institutions having long-term debt ratings of “A” or better and, does not anticipate nonperformance. In addition, the contracts are distributed among several financial institutions, thus minimizing credit risk concentration.
Environmental Matters
      Compliance with federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, has no material effect on capital expenditures, earnings or the competitive position of Motorola.
      ®  Reg. U.S. Patent & Trademark Office.
      “MOTOROLA” and “Stylized M Logo” are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. throughout the world. These marks are valuable corporate assets. Certain other trademarks and service marks of Motorola are registered in relevant markets. Motorola’s increasing focus on marketing products directly to consumers is reflected in an increasing emphasis on brand equity creation and protection. All other products or service names are the property of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

73
Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Motorola, Inc.:
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
      As discussed in Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment . Also, as discussed in Notes 1 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) .
      We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Motorola, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.
LOGO
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2007


Table of Contents

74
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
                             
    Years Ended December 31
     
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2006   2005   2004
 
Net sales
  $ 42,879     $ 35,262     $ 29,663  
Costs of sales
    30,152       23,833       19,698  
 
Gross margin
    12,727       11,429       9,965  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    4,504       3,628       3,508  
Research and development expenditures
    4,106       3,600       3,316  
Other charges (income)
    25       (404 )     149  
 
Operating earnings
    4,092       4,605       2,992  
 
Other income (expense):
                       
 
Interest income (expense), net
    326       71       (200 )
 
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    41       1,845       460  
 
Other
    151       (109 )     (140 )
 
Total other income
    518       1,807       120  
 
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
    4,610       6,412       3,112  
Income tax expense
    1,349       1,893       1,013  
 
Earnings from continuing operations
    3,261       4,519       2,099  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    400       59       (567 )
 
Net earnings
  $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532  
 
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                       
 
Basic:
                       
   
Continuing operations
  $ 1.33     $ 1.83     $ 0.89  
   
Discontinued operations
    0.17       0.02       (0.24 )
                   
    $ 1.50     $ 1.85     $ 0.65  
                   
 
Diluted:
                       
   
Continuing operations
  $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ 0.87  
   
Discontinued operations
    0.16       0.02       (0.23 )
                   
    $ 1.46     $ 1.81     $ 0.64  
                   
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
   
Basic
    2,446.3       2,471.3       2,365.0  
   
Diluted
    2,504.2       2,527.0       2,472.0  
Dividends paid per share
  $ 0.18     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

75
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                   
    December 31
     
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2006   2005
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,212     $ 3,774  
Sigma Funds
    12,204       10,867  
Short-term investments
    224       144  
Accounts receivable, net
    7,509       5,652  
Inventories, net
    3,162       2,422  
Deferred income taxes
    1,731       2,355  
Other current assets
    2,933       2,496  
Current assets held for sale
          312  
     
 
Total current assets
    30,975       28,022  
     
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,267       2,020  
Investments
    895       1,644  
Deferred income taxes
    1,325       1,196  
Other assets
    3,131       2,597  
Non-current assets held for sale
          323  
     
 
Total assets
  $ 38,593     $ 35,802  
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
  $ 1,693     $ 448  
Accounts payable
    5,056       4,295  
Accrued liabilities
    8,676       7,529  
Current liabilities held for sale
          320  
     
 
Total current liabilities
    15,425       12,592  
     
Long-term debt
    2,704       3,806  
Other liabilities
    3,322       2,727  
Non-current liabilities held for sale
          4  
 
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock, $100 par value
             
Common stock, $3 par value
    7,197       7,508  
 
Issued shares: 2006—2,399.1 and 2005—2,502.7
               
 
Outstanding shares: 2006—2,397.4 and 2005—2,501.1
               
Additional paid-in capital
    2,509       4,691  
Retained earnings
    9,086       5,897  
Non-owner changes to equity
    (1,650 )     (1,423 )
     
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    17,142       16,673  
     
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 38,593     $ 35,802  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

76
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
                                                         
        Non-Owner Changes To Equity        
                 
        Fair Value            
    Common   Adjustment   Foreign            
    Stock and   To Available   Currency   Retirement            
    Additional   For Sale   Translation   Benefits   Other        
    Paid-In   Securities,   Adjustments,   Adjustments,   Items,   Retained   Comprehensive
(In millions, except per share amounts)   Capital   Net of Tax   Net of Tax   Net of Tax   Net of Tax   Earnings   Earnings (Loss)
 
Balances at January 1, 2004
  $ 9,379     $ 1,499     $ (217 )   $ (873 )   $ (202 )   $ 3,103          
 
Net earnings
                                            1,532     $ 1,532  
Net unrealized losses on securities (net of tax of $59)
            (82 )                                     (82 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $35)
                    (150 )                             (150 )
Retirement benefits adjustments(net of tax of $126)
                            (188 )                     (188 )
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised (including tax benefits of $51)
    688                                                  
Gain on sale of subsidiary stock
    397                                                  
Issuance of stock related to Equity Security Units
    1,200                                                  
Net loss on derivative instruments (net of tax of $39)
                                    (70 )             (70 )
Dividends declared ($0.16 per share)
                                            (380 )        
Spin-off of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
                    228                       (2,533 )        
 
Balances at December 31, 2004
    11,664       1,417       (139 )     (1,061 )     (272 )     1,722     $ 1,042  
 
Net earnings
                                            4,578     $ 4,578  
Net unrealized losses on securities (net of tax of $812)
            (1,320 )                                     (1,320 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $29)
                    (114 )                             (114 )
Retirement benefits adjustments(net of tax of $66)
                            (208 )                     (208 )
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised (including tax benefits of $210)
    1,409                                                  
Share repurchase program
    (874 )                                                
Net gain on derivative instruments (net of tax of $154)
                                    274               274  
Dividends declared ($0.16 per share)
                                            (403 )        
 
Balances at December 31, 2005
    12,199       97       (253 )     (1,269 )     2       5,897     $ 3,210  
 
Net earnings
                                            3,661     $ 3,661  
Net unrealized losses on securities (net of tax of $37)
            (60 )                                     (60 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $1)
                    127                               127  
Retirement benefits adjustments (net of tax of $150)
                            (308 )                     206  
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised
    916                                                  
Share repurchase program
    (3,826 )                                                
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    165                                                  
Stock option and employee stock purchase plan expense
    252                                                  
Net gain on derivative instruments (net of tax of $6)
                                    14               14  
Dividends declared ($0.19 per share)
                                            (472 )        
 
Balances at December 31, 2006
  $ 9,706     $ 37     $ (126 )   $ (1,577 )   $ 16     $ 9,086     $ 3,948  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

77
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                               
    Years Ended December 31
     
(In millions)   2006   2005   2004
 
Operating
                       
Net earnings
  $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532  
Less: Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
    400       59       (567 )
                   
Earnings from continuing operations
    3,261       4,519       2,099  
Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    558       540       566  
 
Non-cash other charges
    49       106       198  
 
Share-based compensation expense
    276       14       28  
 
Gains on sales of investments and businesses
    (41 )     (1,845 )     (460 )
 
Deferred income taxes
    838       1,000       466  
 
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    (1,775 )     (1,303 )     (551 )
   
Inventories
    (718 )     (19 )     (399 )
   
Other current assets
    (388 )     (721 )     (780 )
   
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    1,654       2,405       1,840  
   
Other assets and liabilities
    (215 )     (388 )     (105 )
     
     
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
    3,499       4,308       2,902  
 
Investing
                       
Acquisitions and investments, net
    (1,068 )     (312 )     (476 )
Proceeds from sale of investments and businesses
    2,001       1,538       682  
Capital expenditures
    (649 )     (548 )     (405 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    85       103       138  
Purchases of Sigma Funds investments, net
    (1,337 )     (3,157 )     (1,522 )
Sales (purchases) of short-term investments
    (80 )     8       (13 )
     
     
Net cash used for investing activities from continuing operations
    (1,048 )     (2,368 )     (1,596 )
 
Financing
                       
Net proceeds from (repayment of) commercial paper and short-term borrowings
    66       11       (19 )
Repayment of debt
    (18 )     (1,132 )     (2,250 )
Repayment of TOPrS
                (500 )
Issuance of common stock
    918       1,199       1,680  
Purchase of common stock
    (3,826 )     (874 )      
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    165              
Net payments related to debt redemption
                (52 )
Distribution from (to) discontinued operations
    (23 )     283       1,366  
Payment of dividends
    (443 )     (394 )     (378 )
     
     
Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations
    (3,161 )     (907 )     (153 )
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
    148       (105 )     91  
 
Discontinued Operations
                       
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities from discontinued operations
    (16 )     297       1,363  
Net cash used for investing activities from discontinued operations
    (13 )     (16 )     (2,937 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities from discontinued operations
    23       (283 )     1,414  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations
    6       2       73  
 
     
Net cash used for discontinued operations
                (87 )
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (562 )     928       1,157  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year (includes $87 million at January 1, 2004 from discontinued operations)
    3,774       2,846       1,689  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 3,212     $ 3,774     $ 2,846  
 
Cash Flow Information
                       
 
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest, net
  $ 322     $ 318     $ 381  
Income taxes, net of refunds
    463       703       467  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

78
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
       Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The Company’s investments in non-controlled entities in which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for by the equity method. The Company’s investments in other entities are accounted for using the cost method.
      Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured. In addition to these general revenue recognition criteria, the following specific revenue recognition policies are followed:
      Products and Equipment  — For product and equipment sales, delivery generally does not occur until the products or equipment have been shipped, risk of loss has transferred to the customer, and objective evidence exists that customer acceptance provisions have been met. The Company records revenue when allowances for discounts, price protection, returns and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. Recorded revenues are reduced by these allowances. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience taking into consideration the type of products sold, the type of customer, and the type of transaction specific in each arrangement.
      Long-Term Contracts  — For long-term contracts that involve customization or modification of the Company’s equipment or software, the Company generally recognizes revenue using the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs to complete the contract. In certain instances, when revenues or costs associated with long-term contracts cannot be reliably estimated or the contract involves unproven technologies or other inherent hazards, revenues and costs are deferred until the project is complete and customer acceptance is obtained.
      Services  — Revenue for services is generally recognized ratably over the contract term as services are performed.
      Software and Licenses  — Revenue from pre-paid perpetual licenses is recognized at the inception of the arrangement, presuming all other relevant revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from non-perpetual licenses or term licenses is recognized ratably over the period that the licensee uses the license. Revenue from software maintenance, technical support and unspecified upgrades is generally recognized over the period that these services are delivered.
      Multiple Element Arrangements  — Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products, equipment, services and software. If multiple element arrangements include software or software related elements, the Company applies the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position No.  97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” to determine separate units of accounting and the amount of the arrangement fee to be allocated to those separate units of accounting. Multiple element arrangements that include software are separated into more than one unit of accounting if the functionality of the delivered element(s) is not dependent on the undelivered element(s), there is vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered element(s), and general revenue recognition criteria related to the delivered element(s) have been met. For all other deliverables, elements are separated into more than one unit of accounting if the delivered element(s) have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered element(s), and delivery of the undelivered element(s) is probable and substantially in the control of the Company. Revenue is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the relative fair value of each accounting unit or using the residual method if objective evidence of fair value does not exist for the delivered element(s). The revenue recognition criteria described above are applied to each separate unit of accounting. If these criteria are not met, revenue is deferred until the criteria are met or the last element has been delivered.
      Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.


Table of Contents

79
      Sigma Funds: The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries invest most of their excess cash in two Sigma Reserve funds (the “Sigma Funds”), which are funds similar to a money market fund. The Sigma Funds portfolios are managed by five major outside investment management firms and include investments in high quality (rated at least A/ A-1 by S&P or A2/ P-1 by Moody’s at purchase date), U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits, government obligations, asset-backed securities and commercial paper or short-term corporate obligations. The Sigma Funds investment policies require that floating rate instruments acquired must have a maturity at purchase date that does not exceed thirty-six months with an interest rate reset at least annually. The average maturity of the investments held by the funds must be 120 days or less with the actual average maturity of the investments being 53 days and 74 days at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company values investments in the Sigma Funds using the amortized cost method, which approximates current market value. Under this method, securities are valued at cost when purchased and thereafter a constant proportionate amortization of any discount or premium is recorded until maturity of the security. Certain investments with maturities beyond one year have been classified as short-term based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations.
      Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of average cost (which approximates computation on a first-in, first-out basis) or market (net realizable value or replacement cost).
      Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using straight-line and declining-balance methods, based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (buildings and building equipment, 5-40 years; machinery and equipment, 2-12 years) and commences once the assets are ready for their intended use.
      Goodwill and Intangible Assets: Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually on October 1. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from 18 months to 13 years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
      Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets held and used by the Company and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis. Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
      Investments: Investments include, principally, available-for-sale equity securities at fair value, held-to -maturity debt securities at amortized cost, securities that are restricted for more than one year or not publicly traded at cost, and equity method investments. For the available-for-sale equity securities, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred taxes, are excluded from operating results and are recognized as a separate component of Stockholders’ Equity until realized. The fair values of the securities are determined based on prevailing market prices. The Company assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other-than-temporary and thus the investment is impaired. This assessment is made by considering available evidence including changes in general market conditions, specific industry and individual company data, the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the individual company, and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment.
      Deferred Income Taxes: Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance is recorded for the portion of the deferred tax assets that are not expected to be realized based on the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences are deductible and allowable tax planning strategies.
      Finance Receivables: Finance receivables include trade receivables where contractual terms of the note agreement are greater than one year. Finance receivables are considered impaired when management determines it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the


Table of Contents

80
note agreement, including principal and interest. Impaired finance receivables are valued based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the receivable’s effective rate of interest, or the fair value of the collateral if the receivable is collateral dependent. Interest income and late fees on impaired finance receivables are recognized only when payments are received. Previously impaired finance receivables are no longer considered impaired and are reclassified to performing when they have performed under a work out or restructuring for four consecutive quarters.
      Fair Values of Financial Instruments: The fair values of financial instruments are determined based on quoted market prices and market interest rates as of the end of the reporting period. The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, Sigma Funds, short-term investments, accounts receivable, long-term finance receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, notes payable, long-term debt, foreign currency contracts and other financing commitments. The fair values of these financial instruments were, with the exception of long-term debt as disclosed in Notes 4 and 5, not materially different from their carrying or contract values at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
      Foreign Currency: Certain of the Company’s non-U.S.  operations use the respective local currency as the functional currency. These operations that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate assets and liabilities at current rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur. The resulting translation adjustments are included as a component of Stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. For those operations that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, transactions denominated in the local currency are measured into U.S. dollars using the current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are included in Other income (expense) within the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
      Derivative Instruments: Gains and losses on hedges of existing assets, or liabilities are marked-to -market and the result is included within Other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. Gains and losses on financial instruments that hedge firm future commitments are deferred until such time as the underlying transactions are recognized or recorded immediately when the transaction is no longer expected to occur. Gains or losses on financial instruments that do not qualify as hedges under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) are recognized immediately as income or expense.
      Earnings Per Share: The Company calculates its basic earnings per share based on the weighted effect of all common shares issued and outstanding. Net earnings is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period to arrive at the basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation and the weighted average number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, excluding those securities that would be anti-dilutive to the earnings per share calculation. Both basic and diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated for earnings from continuing operations and earnings (loss) from discontinued operations for all periods presented.
      Share-Based Compensation Costs: The Company has incentive plans which reward employees with stock options, an employee stock purchase plan, and restricted stock. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic value method of accounting for share-based compensation. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). The amount of compensation cost for share-based awards is measured based on the fair value, as determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, on the grant date that the share-based awards are issued and adjusted for the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. Compensation cost for equity instruments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
      Retirement Benefits: The Company records annual expenses relating to its pension benefit and postretirement plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases, turnover rates and health care cost trend rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends. The effects of the gains, losses, and prior service costs and credits are amortized over future service periods. As of December 31, 2006, the funding status, or projected benefit obligation less plan assets, for each plan, is reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
      Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial


Table of Contents

81
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
      Reclassifications: Certain amounts in prior years’ financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentation.
      Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 159 on its consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued EITF  06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF  06-4”). EITF  06-4 requires that endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements which provide a benefit to an employee beyond the postretirement period be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” or APB Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion—1967” based on the substance of the agreement with the employee. Under the provisions of these Statements, a liability should be accrued equal to the actuarial present value of the future death benefit over the service period. EITF  06-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The effects of applying EITF  06-4 may be reflected as either a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption or through retrospective application to all prior periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact of EITF  06-4 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires employers to (i) recognize the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on their consolidated balance sheet, (ii) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, (iii) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s statement of financial position, and (iv) disclose additional information in the notes to financial statements. The Company adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of SFAS 158 as of December 31, 2006. The impact of adopting these provisions was an increase in net liabilities for pension and postretirement health care benefits of $783 million and a decrease in stockholders’ equity of $514 million, net of taxes. The SFAS 158 provision related to measurement date is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the change in measurement date on the Company’s financial statements but does not believe the adoption of this provision of SFAS 158 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements and expands fair value measurement disclosures. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 expresses the SEC Staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 addresses the diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet. The Company adopted the provisions of SAB 108 as of December 31, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
      In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and


Table of Contents

82
transition. FIN 48 is effective beginning January 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows. The Company estimates that the adoption of FIN 48 will cause an increase in noncurrent liabilities and an equal offsetting increase in noncurrent deferred tax assets in the range of $900 million to $1.0 billion. The amount of cash ultimately payable with regard to the uncertain tax positions is not affected by the balance sheet reclassification estimated upon the adoption of FIN 48 and will be a function of Motorola’s overall tax situation when the underlying tax issues are resolved, taking into account the availability of deferred tax assets that may reduce tax otherwise due.
      In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — An Amendment of SFAS No. 140” (“SFAS 156”). Among other requirements, SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract when there is either: (i) a transfer of the requirements for sale accounting, (ii) a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization in which the transferor retains all of the resulting securities and classifies them as either available-for-sale securities or trading securities in accordance with SFAS  115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, or (iii) an acquisition or assumption of an obligation to service a financial asset that does not relate to financial assets of the servicer or its consolidated affiliates. SFAS 156 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 156 will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
2.  Discontinued Operations
       During 2006, the Company completed the sale of its automotive electronics business, which was a component of the Networks and Enterprise segment, to Continental AG for $856 million in net cash received. The Company recorded a gain on sale of business of $399 million before income taxes, which is included in Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
      During the second quarter of 2004, the Company completed the separation of its semiconductor operations into a separate subsidiary, Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale Semiconductor”). Under the terms of the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement entered into between Motorola and Freescale Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor has agreed to indemnify Motorola for substantially all past, present and future liabilities associated with the semiconductor business. In July 2004, an initial public offering (“IPO”) of a minority interest of approximately 32.5% of Freescale Semiconductor was completed. As a result of the IPO the Company recorded additional paid-in capital of $397 million related to the excess of the IPO price over the book value of the shares sold. Concurrently in July 2004, Freescale Semiconductor issued senior debt securities in an aggregate principal amount of $1.25 billion. On December 2, 2004, Motorola completed the spin-off of its remaining 67.5% equity interest in Freescale Semiconductor. The spin-off was effected by way of a pro rata non-cash dividend to Motorola stockholders, which reduced retained earnings by $2.5 billion. Holders of Motorola stock at the close of business on November 26, 2004 received a dividend of .110415 shares of Freescale Semiconductor Class B common stock per share of Motorola common stock. No fractional shares of Freescale Semiconductor were issued. Stockholders entitled to fractional shares of Freescale Semiconductor Class B common stock in the distribution received the cash value instead. The equity distribution was structured to be tax-free to Motorola stockholders for U.S. tax purposes (other than with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares).
      The financial results of the automotive electronics business and Freescale Semiconductor have been reflected as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements and related disclosures for all periods presented. As a result, the footnote disclosures have been revised to exclude amounts related to the automotive electronics business and Freescale Semiconductor.
      The following table displays summarized financial information for discontinued operations:
                         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Net sales (including sales to other Motorola businesses of $0 million, $3 million and $1,173 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively)
  $ 860     $ 1,581     $ 5,685  
Operating earnings
    87       118       352  
Gains (loss) on sales of investments and businesses, net
    399       16       (44 )
Earnings before income taxes
    482       135       381  
Income tax expense
    82       76       948  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    400       59       (567 )
 


Table of Contents

83
      The following table displays a summary of the assets and liabilities held for sale:
           
December 31   2005
 
Assets
       
 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 144  
 
Inventories, net
    100  
 
Deferred income taxes, current
    35  
 
Other current assets
    33  
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    251  
 
Investments
    10  
 
Deferred income taxes, non-current
    49  
 
Other assets
    13  
       
    $ 635  
       
Liabilities
       
 
Accounts payable
  $ 111  
 
Accrued liabilities
    209  
 
Other liabilities
    4  
       
    $ 324  
 
3. Other Financial Data
Statement of Operations Information
Other Charges (Income)
      Other charges (income) included in Operating earnings consist of the following:
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Other charges (income):
                       
 
Settlements and collections related to Telsim
  $ (418 )   $ (515 )   $ (44 )
 
Reorganization of businesses
    172       54       (11 )
 
Intangibles amortization
    100       67       52  
 
In-process research and development charges
    33       2       34  
 
Charitable contribution to Motorola Foundation
    88              
 
Legal reserves
    50              
 
Goodwill impairment
                125  
 
Other
          (12 )     (7 )
                   
    $ 25     $ (404 )   $ 149  
 
Other Income (Expense)
      Interest income (expense), net, and Other both included in Other income (expense) consist of the following:
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Interest income (expense), net:
                       
 
Interest expense
  $ (335 )   $ (325 )   $ (354 )
 
Interest income
    661       396       154  
                   
    $ 326     $ 71     $ (200 )
                   
Other:
                       
 
Investment impairments
  $ (27 )   $ (25 )   $ (36 )
 
Repayment of previously-reserved Iridium loan
          30        —  
 
Debt retirement
          (137 )     (81 )
 
Gain on Sprint Nextel derivatives
    99       51        —  
 
Foreign currency gain (loss)
    60       (38 )     (44 )
 
Other
    19       10       21  
                   
    $ 151     $ (109 )   $ (140 )
 


Table of Contents

84
Earnings Per Common Share
      Basic and diluted earnings per common share from both continuing operations and net earnings, which includes discontinued operations is computed as follows:
                                                   
    Continuing Operations   Net Earnings
         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
 
Basic earnings per common share:
                                               
Earnings
  $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ 2,099     $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,446.3       2,471.3       2,365.0       2,446.3       2,471.3       2,365.0  
Per share amount
  $ 1.33     $ 1.83     $ 0.89     $ 1.50     $ 1.85     $ 0.65  
                                     
Diluted earnings per common share:
                                               
Earnings
  $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ 2,099     $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532  
Add: Interest on equity security units, net
                42                   42  
                                     
Earnings, as adjusted
  $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ 2,141     $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,574  
                                     
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,446.3       2,471.3       2,365.0       2,446.3       2,471.3       2,365.0  
Add effect of dilutive securities:
                                               
 
Employee share-based awards
    57.9       55.7       48.8       57.9       55.7       48.8  
 
Equity security units
                57.8                   57.8  
 
Zero coupon notes due 2009 and 2013
                0.4                   0.4  
                                     
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,504.2       2,527.0       2,472.0       2,504.2       2,527.0       2,472.0  
                                     
Per share amount
  $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ 0.87     $ 1.46     $ 1.81     $ 0.64  
 
      In the computation of diluted earnings per common share from both continuing operations and on a net earnings basis for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the assumed conversion of 76.6 million, 44.8 million and 155.8 million stock options, respectively, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
Balance Sheet Information
Accounts Receivable
      Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 7,587     $ 5,753  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (78 )     (101 )
             
    $ 7,509     $ 5,652  
 
Inventories
      Inventories, net, consist of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Finished goods
  $ 1,796     $ 1,252  
Work-in-process and production materials
    1,782       1,699  
             
      3,578       2,951  
Less inventory reserves
    (416 )     (529 )
             
    $ 3,162     $ 2,422  
 


Table of Contents

85
Other Current Assets
      Other current assets consists of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Contractor receivables
  $ 1,349     $ 1,240  
Costs in excess of billings
    505       495  
Contract related deferred costs
    369       255  
Other
    710       506  
             
    $ 2,933     $ 2,496  
 
Property, plant, and equipment
      Property, plant and equipment, net, consists of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Land
  $ 129     $ 147  
Building
    1,705       1,697  
Machinery and equipment
    5,885       5,416  
             
      7,719       7,260  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (5,452 )     (5,240 )
             
    $ 2,267     $ 2,020  
 
      Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $463 million, $473 million and $502 million, respectively.
Investments
      Investments consist of the following:
                   
December 31   2006   2005
 
Available-for-sale securities:
               
 
Cost basis
  $ 70     $ 1,065  
 
Gross unrealized gains
    68       232  
 
Gross unrealized losses
    (8 )     (75 )
             
 
Fair value
    130       1,222  
Other securities, at cost
    676       284  
Equity method investments
    89       138  
             
    $ 895     $ 1,644  
 
      The Company recorded investment impairment charges of $27 million, $25 million and $36 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, primarily related to cost-based investments write-downs. These impairment charges represent other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s investment portfolio. Investment impairment charges are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
      Gains (loss) on sales of investments and businesses, consists of the following:
                         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Gains on sales of investments
  $ 41     $ 1,848     $ 434  
Gains (loss) on sales of businesses
          (3 )     26  
                   
    $ 41     $ 1,845     $ 460  
 
      In 2006, the $41 million of net gains was primarily related to a $141 million gain on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation, partially offset by a $126 million loss on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”).


Table of Contents

86
      During the first half of 2005, the Company sold 22.5 million shares of common stock of Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”). The Company received approximately $679 million in cash and realized a pre-tax gain of $609 million from these sales.
      On August 12, 2005, Sprint Corporation completed its merger (the “Sprint Nextel Merger”) with Nextel. In connection with the Sprint Nextel Merger, Motorola received $46 million in cash, 31.7 million voting shares and 37.6 million non-voting shares of Sprint Nextel, in exchange for its remaining 54.7 million shares of Nextel. As a result of this transaction, the Company realized a gain of $1.3 billion, comprised of a $1.7 billion gain recognized on the receipt of cash and the 69.3 million shares of Sprint Nextel in exchange for its shares of Nextel, net of a $418 million loss recognized on its hedge of 25 million shares of common stock of Nextel.
      On December 14, 2004, in connection with the announcement of the definitive agreement relating to the Sprint Nextel Merger, Motorola, a Motorola subsidiary and Nextel entered into an agreement pursuant to which Motorola and its subsidiary agreed to not dispose of their 29.7 million non-voting shares of Nextel (now 37.6 million shares of non-voting common stock of Sprint Nextel issued in exchange for Nextel non-voting common stock pursuant to the Sprint Nextel Merger) for a period of no longer than two years. In exchange for this agreement, Nextel paid Motorola a fee of $50 million in 2005.
      During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company elected to settle variable share purchase agreements by delivering 30.3 million shares of Sprint Nextel common stock, with a value of $725 million, to the counterparties and selling the remaining 1.4 million Sprint Nextel common shares in the open market. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of $391 million and realized a loss of $70 million in connection with the settlement and sale.
      For the year ended December 31, 2004, the $460 million gain on sales of investments and businesses is primarily comprised of: (i) a $130 million gain on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Broadcom Corporation, (ii) a $122 million gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Nextel, (iii) an $82 million gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Telus Corporation, and (iv) a $68 million gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares in Nextel Partners, Inc.
Other Assets
      Other assets consists of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Long-term finance receivables, net of allowance of $10 and $12
  $ 145     $ 82  
Goodwill
    1,706       1,349  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $536 and $437
    354       231  
Royalty license arrangements
    439       471  
Other
    487       464  
             
    $ 3,131     $ 2,597  
 
Accrued Liabilities
      Accrued liabilities consists of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Contractor payables
  $ 1,481     $ 985  
Customer reserves
    1,305       1,171  
Compensation
    777       1,057  
Deferred revenue
    730       425  
Customer downpayments
    532       429  
Warranty reserves
    530       467  
Tax liabilities
    444       488  
Other
    2,877       2,507  
             
    $ 8,676     $ 7,529  
 


Table of Contents

87
Other Liabilities
      Other liabilities consists of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Defined benefit plans
  $ 1,882     $ 1,644  
Postretirement health care benefit plan
    214       66  
Royalty license arrangement
    300       315  
Deferred revenue
    273       78  
Other
    653       624  
             
    $ 3,322     $ 2,727  
 
Stockholders’ Equity Information
Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)
      Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities included in Comprehensive earnings (loss) are comprised of the following:
                 
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005
 
Gross unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net of tax
  $ 31     $ (204 )
Less: Realized gains, net of tax
    91       1,116  
             
Net unrealized losses on securities, net of tax
  $ (60 )   $ (1,320 )
 
Share Repurchase Program
      In May 2005, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $4.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period of up to 36 months ending in May 2008, subject to market conditions (the “2005 Stock Repurchase Program”). In July 2006, the Company entered into an accelerated stock buyback agreement to repurchase approximately $1.2 billion of its outstanding common stock (the “ASB”). In October 2006, the Company received the final distribution of shares under the ASB. The total shares purchased under the ASB were 50.5 million shares. The ASB completed the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program.
      On July 24, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to an additional $4.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period of up to 36 months ending in June 2009, subject to market conditions (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”). In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company purchased $700 million of shares under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program.
      The Company repurchased a total of 171.7 million common shares (including shares received under the ASB) at a cost of $3.8 billion in 2006. The Company repurchased a total of 41.7 million common shares at a cost of $874 million in 2005. All repurchased shares have been retired.


Table of Contents

88
4. Debt and Credit Facilities
Long-Term Debt
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
7.6% notes due 2007
  $ 118     $ 118  
4.608% senior notes due 2007
    1,205       1,212  
6.5% notes due 2008
    114       114  
5.8% notes due 2008
    84       84  
7.625% notes due 2010
    525       525  
8.0% notes due 2011
    599       599  
6.5% debentures due 2025
    397       397  
7.5% debentures due 2025
    398       398  
6.5% debentures due 2028
    297       296  
5.22% debentures due 2097
    194       193  
Other long-term debt
    141       39  
             
      4,072       3,975  
Fair value adjustment
    (28 )     (50 )
Less: current portion
    (1,340 )     (119 )
             
Long-term debt
  $ 2,704     $ 3,806  
 
Short-Term Debt
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Notes to banks
  $ 71     $ 29  
Commercial paper
    300       300  
             
      371       329  
Add: current portion
    1,340       119  
Fair value adjustment
    (18 )      
             
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
  $ 1,693     $ 448  
 
Weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings
               
 
Commercial paper
    5.1%       3.4%  
Other short-term debt
    5.8%       3.4%  
 
      In January 2007, the Company repaid, at maturity, all $118 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 7.6% Notes due January 1, 2007 (the “2007 7.6% Notes”).
      In November 2006, $1.2 billion of 4.608% Senior Notes due November 16, 2007 were reclassified to current portion of long-term debt.
      In September 2005, the Company repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of its outstanding long-term debt for an aggregate purchase price of $1.1 billion through cash tender offers. Included in the $1.0 billion of long-term debt repurchased were repurchases of a principal amount of: (i) $86 million of the $200 million of 6.50% Notes due 2008 outstanding, (ii) $241 million of the $325 million of 5.80% Notes due 2008 outstanding, and (iii) $673 million of the $1.2 billion of 7.625% Notes due 2010 outstanding. In addition, the Company terminated a notional amount of $1.0 billion of fixed-to -floating interest rate swaps associated with the debt repurchased, resulting in an expense of approximately $22 million. The aggregate charge for the repurchase of the debt and the termination of the associated interest rate swaps, as presented in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, was $137 million.
      On September 1, 2005, the Company retired approximately $1 million of the $398 million of 6.5% Debentures due 2025 (the “2025 Debentures”) in connection with the holders of the debentures right to put their debentures back to the Company. The residual put options expired unexercised and the remaining $397 million of 2025 Debentures were reclassified to long-term debt.


Table of Contents

89
      In 2004, the Company retired approximately $2.3 billion of debt, including $1.8 billion of debt retired prior to maturity. The net charge for the repurchase of the debt and the termination of the associated interest rate swaps, as presented in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, was $81 million.
      Aggregate requirements for long-term debt maturities during the next five years are as follows: 2007 — $1.3 billion; 2008 — $198 million; 2009 — $4 million; 2010 — $534 million; 2011 — $607 million.
      In December 2006, the Company signed a new five-year revolving domestic credit facility (“5-Year Credit Facility”) for $2.0 billion, replacing the existing facility totaling $1.0 billion. At December 31, 2006, the commitment fee assessed against the daily average amounts unused was 6.5 basis points. Important terms of the 5-Year Credit Facility include a covenant relating to the ratio of total debt to EBITDA. The Company was in compliance with the terms of the 5-year Credit Facility at December 31, 2006. The Company’s current corporate credit ratings are “A-” with a stable outlook by Fitch, “Baa1” with a positive outlook by Moody’s, and “A-” with a stable outlook by S&P. The Company has never borrowed under its domestic revolving credit facilities. The Company also has $2.0 billion of non-U.S.  credit facilities with interest rates on borrowings varying from country to country depending upon local market conditions. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s total domestic and non-U.S.  credit facilities totaled $4.0 billion, of which $175 million was considered utilized.
5. Risk Management
Derivative Financial Instruments
Foreign Currency Risk
      As a multinational company, the Company’s transactions are denominated in a variety of currencies. The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on the exchange rate price fluctuation, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into trades for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as a part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
      The Company’s strategy in foreign exchange exposure issues is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the operating business units’ assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of the Company’s non-functional currency receivables and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company enters into derivative contracts for some firm commitments and some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of SFAS No. 133. A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, through managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
      At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had net outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $4.8 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should offset losses and gains on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions, except for the ineffective portion of the instruments, which are charged to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The following table shows the five largest net foreign exchange contract positions as of December 31, 2006 and 2005:
                 
    December 31,   December 31,
Buy (Sell)   2006   2005
 
Euro
  $ (2,069 )   $ (1,076 )
Chinese Renminbi
    (1,195 )     (728 )
Brazilian Real
    (466 )     (348 )
Indian Rupee
    (148 )     (70 )
British Pound
    252       (226 )
 


Table of Contents

90
      The Company is exposed to credit-related losses if counterparties to financial instruments fail to perform their obligations. However, the Company does not expect any counterparties, all of whom presently have investment grade credit ratings, to fail to meet their obligations.
Interest Rate Risk
      At December 31, 2006, the Company’s short-term debt consisted primarily of $300 million of commercial paper, priced at short-term interest rates. The Company has $4.1 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates.
      In order to manage the mix of fixed and floating rates in its debt portfolio, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps to change the characteristics of interest rate payments from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments. The following table displays these outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 2006:
                 
    Notional Amount    
Date Executed   Hedged   Underlying Debt Instrument
 
August 2004
  $ 1,200       4.608% notes due 2007  
September 2003
    457       7.625% debentures due 2010  
September 2003
    600       8.0% notes due 2011  
May 2003
    114       6.5% notes due 2008  
May 2003
    84       5.8% debentures due 2008  
May 2003
    69       7.625% debentures due 2010  
March 2002
    118       7.6% notes due 2007  
             
    $ 2,642          
 
      The weighted average short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments on each of the above interest rate swaps was 7.29% for the three months ended December 31, 2006. The fair value of the above interest rate swaps at December 31, 2006 and 2005, was $(47) million and $(50) million, respectively. Except as noted below, the Company had no outstanding commodity derivatives, currency swaps or options relating to debt instruments at December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2005.
      The Company designated the above interest rate swap agreements as part of a fair value hedging relationship. As such, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument, as well as the hedged debt are recognized in earnings, therefore adjusting the carrying amount of the debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such hedge agreements. In the event the underlying debt instrument matures or is redeemed or repurchased, the Company is likely to terminate the corresponding interest rate swap contracts.
      Additionally, effective December 31, 2006, one of the Company’s European subsidiaries entered into interest rate agreements (“Interest Agreements”) relating to a Euro-denominated loan. The interest on the Euro-denominated loan is floating based on 3-month EURIBOR plus a spread. The Interest Agreements change the characteristics of interest rate payments from short-term EURIBOR based variable payments to maximum fixed-rate payments. The Interest Agreements are not accounted for as part of a hedging relationship and accordingly the changes in the fair value of the Interest Agreements are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the Interest Agreements at December 31, 2006 was $1 million.
      The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its swap contracts. The Company minimizes its credit risk on these transactions by only dealing with leading, creditworthy financial institutions having long-term debt ratings of “A” or better and, does not anticipate nonperformance. In addition, the contracts are distributed among several financial institutions, thus minimizing credit risk concentration.


Table of Contents

91
Stockholders’ Equity
      Derivative instruments activity, net of tax, included in Non-owner changes to equity within Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
                 
    2006   2005
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 2     $ (272 )
Increase in fair value
    75       28  
Reclassifications to earnings
    (61 )     246  
             
Balance at December 31
  $ 16     $ 2  
 
Fair Value Hedges
      The Company recorded income of $0.6 million, $1.5 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of fair value hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to fair value hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are included in the amounts noted above.
Cash Flow Hedges
      The Company recorded income (expense) of $13 million, $1 million and $(12) million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to cash flow hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are included in the amounts noted above.
      During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, on a pre-tax basis, income (expense) of $(98) million, $21 million and $(27) million, respectively, was reclassified from equity to earnings in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. If exchange rates do not change from year-end, the Company estimates that $16 million of pre-tax net derivative income included in Non-owner changes to equity within Stockholders’ equity would be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months and will be reclassified in the same period that the hedged item affects earnings. The actual amounts that will be reclassified into earnings over the next twelve months will vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions.
      At December 31, 2006, the maximum term of derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was two years. However, the weighted average duration of the Company’s derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was seven months.
Net Investment in Foreign Operations Hedge
      At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company did not have any hedges of foreign currency exposure of net investments in foreign operations.
Investments Hedge
      During the first quarter of 2006, the Company entered into a zero-cost collar derivative (the “Sprint Nextel Derivative”) to protect itself economically against price fluctuations in its 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”) non-voting common stock. During the second quarter of 2006, as a result of Sprint Nextel’s spin-off of Embarq Corporation through a dividend to Sprint Nextel shareholders, the Company received approximately 1.9 million shares of Embarq Corporation. The floor and ceiling prices of the Sprint Nextel Derivative were adjusted accordingly. The Sprint Nextel Derivative was not designated as a hedge under the


Table of Contents

92
provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Accordingly, to reflect the change in fair value of the Sprint Nextel Derivative, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In December 2006, the Sprint Nextel Derivative was terminated and settled in cash and the 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel were converted to common shares and sold. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $820 million from the settlement of the Sprint Nextel Derivative and the subsequent sale of the 37.6 million Sprint Nextel shares. The Company recognized a loss of $126 million in connection with the sale of the remaining shares of Sprint Nextel common stock. As described above, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million in connection with the Sprint Nextel Derivative.
      Prior to the merger of Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”) and Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”), the Company had entered into variable share forward purchase agreements (the “Variable Forwards”) to hedge its Nextel common stock. The Company did not designate the Variable Forwards as a hedge of the Sprint Nextel shares received as a result of the merger. Accordingly, the Company recorded $51 million of gains for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflecting the change in value of the Variable Forwards. The Variable Forwards were settled during the fourth quarter of 2005.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, Sigma Funds, short-term investments, accounts receivable, long-term finance receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, notes payable, long-term debt, foreign currency contracts and other financing commitments.
      Using available market information, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2006 was $4.3 billion, compared to a carrying value of $4.1 billion. Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange.
      The fair values of the other financial instruments were not materially different from their carrying or contract values at December 31, 2006.
6. Income Taxes
       Components of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows:
                         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
United States
  $ 1,034     $ 3,232     $ 853  
Other nations
    3,576       3,180       2,259  
                   
    $ 4,610     $ 6,412     $ 3,112  
 
      Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
United States
  $ 10     $ 240     $ 44  
Other nations
    488       638       458  
States (U.S.)
    13       15       6  
                   
 
Current income tax expense
    511       893       508  
                   
United States
    892       891       504  
Other nations
    (147 )     (42 )     (94 )
States (U.S.)
    93       151       95  
                   
 
Deferred income tax expense
    838       1,000       505  
                   
Total income tax expense
  $ 1,349     $ 1,893     $ 1,013  
 
      Deferred tax charges (benefits) that were recorded within Non-owner changes to equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets resulted primarily from fair value adjustments to available-for-sale securities, losses on derivative instruments and retirement benefit adjustments. The adjustments were $(182) million, $(753) million and $(189) million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Except for certain


Table of Contents

93
earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely, provisions have been made for the estimated U.S. federal income taxes applicable to undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. Undistributed earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely, and for which no U.S. Federal income taxes has been provided, aggregate $4.0 billion, $2.8 billion and $5.6 billion at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The portion of earnings not reinvested indefinitely may be distributed without additional U.S. federal income taxes charges given the U.S. federal tax provisions accrued on undistributed earnings and the utilization of available foreign tax credits.
      On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“the Act”) was signed into law. The Act provides for a special one-time tax incentive for U.S. multinationals to repatriate accumulated earnings from their foreign subsidiaries by providing an 85 percent dividends received deduction for certain qualifying dividends. The Company repatriated approximately $4.6 billion of accumulated earnings under the Act and recorded an associated tax benefit of $265 million in 2005. The Company finalized certain actions maximizing the tax benefit attributable to the repatriation of foreign earnings under the provisions of the Act and recognized an additional $68 million of net tax benefits relating to these actions during 2006.
      Differences between income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% and income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
                         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Income tax expense at statutory rate
  $ 1,613     $ 2,244     $ 1,089  
Taxes on non-U.S. earnings
    (449 )     (460 )     (528 )
State income taxes
    77       121       66  
Tax benefit on qualifying repatriations
    (68 )     (265 )      
Tax on undistributed non-U.S. earnings
    194       202       327  
Research credits
    (34 )     (23 )     (72 )
Foreign export sales and section 199 deduction
    (22 )     (13 )     (30 )
Non-deductible acquisition charges
    4       2       11  
Goodwill impairments
                44  
Tax benefit on disposition of subsidiaries
          (81 )      
Other provisions
    247       233       42  
Charitable contributions
    (28 )            
Valuation allowance
    (187 )     (88 )     (26 )
Other
    2       21       90  
                   
    $ 1,349     $ 1,893     $ 1,013  
 
      Significant components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Inventory
  $ 163     $ 223  
Employee benefits
    915       881  
Capitalized items
    915       1,033  
Tax basis differences on investments
    110       (104 )
Depreciation tax basis differences on fixed assets
    89       63  
Undistributed non-U.S. earnings
    (329 )     (229 )
Tax carryforwards
    1,515       2,098  
Available for sale securities
    (23 )     (60 )
Business reorganization
    38       14  
Long-term financing reserves
    9       152  
Warranty and customer reserves
    398       356  
Deferred revenue
    224       101  
Valuation allowances
    (740 )     (896 )
Deferred charges
    46       45  
Other
    (357 )     (146 )
             
    $ 2,973     $ 3,531  
 
      Gross deferred tax assets were $8.7 billion, $9.9 billion and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, were $8.0 billion, $9.0 billion and $8.9 billion at


Table of Contents

94
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Gross deferred tax liabilities were $5.0 billion, $5.5 billion and $5.0 billion at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
      The Company had deferred tax assets for tax carryforwards totaling $1.5 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of which $1.0 billion and $1.6 billion related to U.S. tax carryforwards. Details on the U.S. tax carryforwards at December 31, 2006 are shown in the table below.
                           
    Gross   Tax   Expiration
U.S. Tax Carryforwards   Tax Loss   Effected   Period
 
U.S. tax losses
  $ 637     $ 223       2019-2024  
Foreign tax credits
          211       2013-2015  
General business credits
          385       2018-2026  
Minimum tax credits
          93       unlimited  
Capital losses
    13       5       2007  
State tax losses
    1,675       72       2008-2023  
State tax credits
          33       2009-2024  
                   
 
Total U.S. tax carryforwards
  $ 2,325     $ 1,022          
 
      At December 31, 2006 the Company had valuation allowances totaling $218 million against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The valuation allowances relate primarily to tax carryforwards of acquired businesses which have limitations upon their use and state tax carryforwards with short expiration periods. During 2006, the Company recorded a $34 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets for certain investments that will generate future capital losses. The Company feels that the capital losses on these investments will likely expire unused. The Company believes that the remaining U.S. deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income and the implementation of tax planning strategies.
      The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, primarily in Germany and the UK, had deferred tax assets from tax carryforwards of $493 million and $530 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $433 million of deferred tax assets for tax carryforwards that can be carried forward indefinitely, $22 million which will expire by 2009 and $38 million that will expire by 2020. The tax carryforwards at December 31, 2006 are comprised of $1.3 billion of tax loss carryforwards, representing a $430 million deferred tax balance, and $63 million of tax credit carryforwards for a total deferred tax balance of $493 million. During 2006, the Company realized tax benefits of $194 million relating to the reversal of valuation allowances for its non-U.S. subsidiaries, primarily in Germany and the UK, based on the likelihood that the Company would be able to utilize the tax carryforwards and deferred tax assets in the future. At December 31, 2006, the Company has recorded valuation allowances of $522 million against its non-U.S. subsidiaries deferred tax assets, of which $31 million of valuation allowance relates to a 2006 acquisition that if reversed would be offset by a reduction to goodwill. The Company believes that the remaining deferred tax assets of its non-U.S. subsidiaries are more likely than not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income and the implementation of tax planning strategies.
      The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently conducting its field examination of the Company’s 2001 through 2003 tax returns. In June 2006, in connection with this examination, the Company received notices of proposed adjustments for the 2001 and 2002 taxable years relating to transfer pricing. These proposed adjustments are similar to those previously made by the IRS for the Company’s 1996-2000 taxable years. The Company is currently protesting the 1996 through 2000 adjustments at the appellate level of the IRS. The Company disagrees with all of these proposed transfer pricing-related adjustments and intends to vigorously dispute them through applicable IRS and judicial procedures, as appropriate. However, if the IRS were to ultimately prevail on these matters, it could result in: (i) additional taxable income for the years 1996 through 2000 of approximately $1.4 billion, which could result in additional income tax liability for the Company of approximately $500 million, and (ii) additional taxable income for the years 2001 and 2002 of approximately $800 million, which could result in additional income tax liability for the Company of approximately $300 million. Although the final resolution of these matters is uncertain, based on current information, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations in the periods in which the matter is ultimately resolved.


Table of Contents

95
      During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company reached favorable agreements with several non-U.S. taxing authorities that resulted in net income tax benefits of $44 million and $28 million, respectively. The Company has several other non-U.S. income tax audits pending and while the final resolution is uncertain, in the opinion of the Company’s management the ultimate disposition of the audits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
7. Retirement Benefits
Pension Benefit Plans
      The Company’s noncontributory pension plan (the “Regular Pension Plan”) covers U.S. employees who became eligible after one year of service. The benefit formula is dependent upon employee earnings and years of service. Effective January 1, 2005, newly-hired employees were not eligible to participate in the Regular Pension Plan. On February 20, 2007, the Company passed an amendment to the Regular Pension Plan which changes the definition of average earnings. Under the current formula, benefits are calculated using the highest annual earnings in any five years within the last ten calendar years. Beginning in January 2008, the benefit will be based on the average of the five highest years of earnings within the last ten calendar years prior to December 31, 2007 averaged with future earnings. The Company also provides defined benefit plans to some of its foreign entities (the “Non-U.S.  Plans”).
      The Company also has a noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan (the “Officers’ Plan”) for its elected officers. The Officers’ Plan contains provisions for funding the participants’ expected retirement benefits when the participants meet the minimum age and years of service requirements. Elected officers who were not yet vested in the Officers’ Plan as of December 31, 1999 had the option to remain in the Officers’ Plan or elect to have their benefit bought out in restricted stock units. Effective December 31, 1999, newly elected officers are not eligible to participate in the Officers’ Plan. Effective June 30, 2005, salaries were frozen for this plan.
      The Company has an additional noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan (“MSPP”), which provides supplemental benefits in excess of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on the Regular Pension Plan. Elected officers covered under the Officers’ Plan or who participated in the restricted stock buy-out are not eligible to participate in MSPP. Effective January 1, 2005, newly hired employees were not eligible to participate in the MSPP. Effective January 1, 2007, eligible compensation has been capped at the IRS limit plus $175,000 or, for those in excess of this cap at January 1, 2007, their current eligible compensation is frozen for calculation purposes.
      As of December 31, 2006, the Company was required to apply SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”) to recognize the funded status of its defined benefit plans on its consolidate balance sheet. SFAS 158 requires that the Company recognize, on a prospective basis, the funded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on its consolidated balance sheet and recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost. The Company is also required to disclose the incremental impact of the implementation of SFAS 158 versus continuing to record a minimum pension liability as previously required under SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” (“SFAS 87”).
      The information below for Non-U.S.  plans covers the Company’s principal foreign plans; any other plans are not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.


Table of Contents

96
      The net periodic pension cost for the Regular Pension Plan, Officers’ Plan and MSPP and Non-U.S.  plans was as follows:
Regular Pension Plan
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Service cost
  $ 150     $ 142     $ 168  
Interest cost
    309       280       271  
Expected return on plan assets
    (329 )     (315 )     (286 )
Amortization of:
                       
 
Unrecognized net loss
    115       75       33  
 
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (5 )     (5 )     (7 )
Settlement/curtailment gain
                (12 )
                   
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 240     $ 177     $ 167  
 
Officers’ Plan and MSPP
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Service cost
  $ 5     $ 10     $ 14  
Interest cost
    8       9       12  
Expected return on plan assets
    (4 )     (3 )     (3 )
Amortization of:
                       
 
Unrecognized net loss
    5       5       7  
 
Unrecognized prior service cost
          1       1  
Settlement/curtailment loss
    4       12       14  
                   
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 18     $ 34     $ 45  
 
Non-U.S.  Plans
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Service cost
  $ 40     $ 44     $ 51  
Interest cost
    67       67       66  
Expected return on plan assets
    (54 )     (52 )     (47 )
Amortization of:
                       
 
Unrecognized net loss
    17       14       24  
 
Unrecognized prior service cost
                1  
Settlement/curtailment loss
                2  
                   
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 70     $ 73     $ 97  
 


Table of Contents

97
      The status of the Company’s plans is as follows:
                                                   
    2006   2005
         
        Officers’           Officers’    
        and   Non       and   Non
    Regular   MSPP   U.S.   Regular   MSPP   U.S.
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                                               
 
Benefit obligation at January 1
  $ 5,175     $ 160     $ 1,520     $ 4,741     $ 185     $ 1,310  
 
Service cost
    150       5       40       142       10       44  
 
Interest cost
    309       8       67       280       9       67  
 
Plan amendments
                      4              
 
Settlement/curtailment
                            (20 )     (3 )
 
Actuarial (gain)loss
    76       (13 )     (10 )     277       6       264  
 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
                195                   (148 )
 
Employee contributions
                12                   11  
 
Tax payments
          (3 )                 (16 )      
 
Benefit payments
    (229 )     (20 )     (26 )     (269 )     (14 )     (25 )
                                     
 
Benefit obligation at December 31
    5,481       137       1,798       5,175       160       1,520  
                                     
Change in plan assets:
                                               
 
Fair value at January 1
    3,736       92       896       3,483       87       772  
 
Return on plan assets
    508       3       55       247       2       155  
 
Company contributions
    270       6       122       275       33       62  
 
Employee contributions
                12                   11  
 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
                119                   (83 )
 
Tax payments from plan assets
          (3 )                 (15 )      
 
Benefit payments from plan assets
    (229 )     (20 )     (26 )     (269 )     (15 )     (21 )
                                     
 
Fair value at December 31
    4,285       78       1,178       3,736       92       896  
                                     
Funded status of the plan
    (1,196 )     (59 )     (620 )     (1,439 )     (68 )     (624 )
Unrecognized net loss
    1,612       53       469       1,831       75       454  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (25 )     (2 )     4       (31 )     (3 )     4  
                                     
 
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost
  $ 391     $ (8 )   $ (147 )   $ 361     $ 4     $ (166 )
                                     
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:
                                               
 
Intangible asset
  $     $     $     $     $     $ 4  
 
Prepaid benefit cost
                13                   18  
 
Current benefit liability
          (3 )     (3 )                  —  
 
Non-current benefit liability
    (1,196 )     (56 )     (630 )     (1,023 )     (58 )     (563 )
 
Deferred income taxes
    587       19       2       526       24       2  
 
Non-owner changes to equity
    1,000       32       471       858       38       373  
                                     
 
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost
  $ 391     $ (8 )   $ (147 )   $ 361     $ 4     $ (166 )
 
      As required under SFAS 87, after-tax charges of $208 million and $188 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were recorded in Non-owner changes in equity to reflect the net change in the Company’s additional minimum pension liability associated with these plans. With the adoption of SFAS 158, an after-tax charge of $234 million to Non-owner changes in equity was recorded to reflect the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. Had provisions of SFAS 87 continued to apply, the Company would have increased equity by $206 million, net of tax. Accordingly, the incremental impact of adopting SFAS 158 on the defined benefit plans resulted in a decrease to equity of $440 million.


Table of Contents

98
      The incremental impact of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 for all defined benefit plans is as follows:
                         
    Before SFAS 158   Adjustment   After SFAS 158
 
Prepaid benefit cost
    20       (7 )     13  
Intangible asset
    4       (4 )      
Current liability
          (6 )     (6 )
Non-current liability
    (1,267 )     (615 )     (1,882 )
Deferred income taxes
    416       192       608  
Non-owner changes to equity
    1,063       440       1,503  
 
      The total amount included in Non-owner changes to equity relating to defined benefit plans was $1.5 billion, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2006. It is estimated that pre-tax amounts of $110 million, $4 million, and $23 million will be amortized from this balance and will be reflected in the net periodic cost for the Regular Plan, Officers’ and MSPP Plan, and Non-U.S. Plans, respectively, for 2007.
      The Company uses a five-year, market-related asset value method of amortizing asset-related gains and losses. Prior service costs are being amortized over periods ranging from 11 to 12 years. The benefit obligation and plan assets have been measured as of December 31, 2006 for all U.S. plans and as of October 1, 2006 for all Non-U.S.  plans. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based upon the projected unit credit cost method.
      Certain actuarial assumptions such as the discount rate and the long-term rate of return on plan assets have a significant effect on the amounts reported for net periodic cost and benefit obligation. The assumed discount rates reflect the prevailing market rates of a large universe of high-quality, non-callable, corporate bonds currently available that, if the obligation were settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The long-term rates of return on plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns on an investment portfolio consisting of a mixture of equities, fixed income, cash and other investments similar to the actual investment mix. In determining the long-term return on plan assets, the Company considers long-term rates of return on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) in which the Company expects the plan funds to be invested.
      Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs for the plans were as follows:
                                 
    2006   2005
         
December 31   U.S.   Non U.S.   U.S.   Non U.S.
 
Discount rate for obligations
    6.00 %     4.62 %     6.00 %     5.46 %
Investment return assumption (Regular Plan)
    8.50 %     6.27 %     8.50 %     6.94 %
Investment return assumption (Officers’ Plan)
    6.00 %     N/A       6.00 %     N/A  
 
      Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:
                                 
    2006   2005
         
December 31   U.S.   Non U.S.   U.S.   Non U.S.
 
Discount rate for obligations
    6.00 %     4.81 %     6.00 %     4.60 %
Future compensation increase rate (Regular Plan)
    4.00 %     4.18 %     4.00 %     4.14 %
Future compensation increase rate (Officers’ Plan)
    0.00 %     N/A       0.00 %     N/A  
 
      The accumulated benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:
                                                 
    2006   2005
         
        Officers’           Officers’    
        and   Non       and   Non
December 31   Regular   MSPP   U.S.   Regular   MSPP   U.S.
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 4,969     $ 125     $ 1,690     $ 4,759     $ 149     $ 1,429  
 
      The Company has adopted a pension investment policy designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the pension plans retain professional investment managers that invest


Table of Contents

99
plan assets in equity and fixed income securities and cash. In addition, some plans invest in insurance contracts. The Company has the following target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted at least quarterly, when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level as follows:
                 
    Target Mix
     
Asset Category   2006   2005
 
Equity securities
    75 %     73 %
Fixed income securities
    24 %     25 %
Cash and other investments
    1 %     2 %
 
      The weighted-average pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2006 and 2005 by asset categories was as follows:
                 
    Actual Mix
     
Asset Category   2006   2005
 
Equity securities
    75 %     73 %
Fixed income securities
    24       25  
Cash and other investments
    1       2  
             
      100 %     100 %
 
      Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities ranging from U.S. Treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgage and asset-backed securities, as well as international debt securities. In the cash and other investments asset class, investments may be in cash, cash equivalents or insurance contracts.
      The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $280 million to its U.S. pension plans and approximately $120 million to its non-U.S.  pension plans in 2007.
      The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
                         
        Officers    
        and   Non
Year   Regular   MSPP   U.S.
 
2007
  $ 186     $ 13     $ 27  
2008
    196       15       30  
2009
    206       14       33  
2010
    218       14       36  
2011
    233       25       40  
2012-2016
    1,473       45       267  
 
Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan
      Certain health care benefits are available to eligible domestic employees meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). For eligible employees hired prior to January 1, 2002, the Company offsets a portion of the postretirement medical costs to the retired participant. As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan has been closed to new participants. The benefit obligation and plan assets for the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan have been measured as of December 31, 2006.
      The assumptions used were as follows:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Discount rate for obligations
    5.75 %     5.75 %
Investment return assumptions
    8.50 %     8.50 %
 


Table of Contents

100
      Net Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan expenses were as follows:
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Service cost
  $ 8     $ 9     $ 10  
Interest cost
    25       30       46  
Expected return on plan assets
    (18 )     (19 )     (21 )
Amortization of:
                       
 
Unrecognized net loss
    9       10       14  
 
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (2 )     (3 )     (4 )
Settlement/curtailment gain
                (6 )
                   
Net postretirement health care expense
  $ 22     $ 27     $ 39  
 
      The funded status of the plan is as follows.
                   
    2006   2005
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
 
Benefit obligation at January 1
  $ 496     $ 544  
 
Service cost
    8       9  
 
Interest cost
    25       30  
 
Plan amendments
          1  
 
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (37 )     (36 )
 
Benefit payments
    (32 )     (52 )
             
 
Benefit obligation at December 31
    460       496  
             
Change in plan assets:
               
 
Fair value at January 1
    212       188  
 
Return on plan assets
    30       15  
 
Company contributions
    27       43  
 
Benefit payments made with plan assets
    (26 )     (34 )
             
 
Fair value at December 31
    243       212  
             
Funded status of the plan
    (217 )     (284 )
Unrecognized net loss
    171       230  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (9 )     (12 )
             
 
Accrued postretirement health care cost
  $ (55 )   $ (66 )
 
      Consolidated balance sheet components of accrued health care cost as a result of SFAS 158:
           
Year Ended December 31   2006
 
Current liability
  $ (3 )
Non-current liability
    (214 )
Deferred income taxes
    88  
Non-owner changes to equity
    74  
       
 
Accrued postretirement health care cost
  $ (55 )
 
      With the adoption of SFAS 158, an after-tax charge of $74 million was recorded in Non-owner changes to equity to reflect the funded status of the Company’s Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. Under previous accounting rules, there would have been no balance sheet


Table of Contents

101
adjustment to increase the liability as of year end. Accordingly, the incremental impact of adopting SFAS 158 on the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan is $74 million.
      The incremental impact of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 for the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan is as follows:
                         
    Before SFAS 158   Adjustment   After SFAS 158
 
Current liability
          (3 )     (3 )
Non-current liability
    (55 )     (159 )     (214 )
Deferred income taxes
          88       88  
Non-owner changes to equity
          74       74  
 
      The total amount included in Non-owner changes to equity relating to the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan is $74 million, net of taxes. It is estimated that a pre-tax amount of $6 million will be amortized from this balance and will be reflected in the net periodic cost for the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan in 2007.
      In connection with the spin-off of Freescale Semiconductor, post-retirement health care benefit obligations relating to eligible former and active vested Freescale Semiconductor employees on December 2, 2004 (“Spin-off Date”) and active Freescale Semiconductor employees who vest within the three year period following the Spin-off Date were transferred to Freescale Semiconductor. Benefit obligations transferred were $217 million with $99 million of unrecognized net losses also transferred to Freescale Semiconductor. Such amounts have been excluded from the Motorola amounts for both periods presented above. Additionally under the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement entered into between Motorola and Freescale Semiconductor, Motorola is obligated to transfer to Freescale Semiconductor $68 million in cash or Plan assets plus approximately $17 million of investment returns earned on these plan assets as of December 31, 2006, as permitted by law without adverse tax consequences to Motorola. This obligation is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
      The Company has adopted an investment policy for plan assets designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plan retains professional investment managers that invest plan assets in equity and fixed income securities and cash. The Company has the following target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted at least quarterly, when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level as follows:
                 
    Target Mix
     
Asset Category   2006   2005
 
Equity securities
    75 %     75 %
Fixed income securities
    24 %     24 %
Cash and other investments
    1 %     1 %
 
      The weighted-average asset allocation for plan assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005 by asset categories were as follows:
                 
    Actual Mix
     
Asset Category   2006   2005
 
Equity securities
    75 %     75 %
Fixed income securities
    22       22  
Cash and other investments
    3       3  
             
      100 %     100 %
 
      Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities ranging from U.S. Treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgages and asset-backed issues, as well as international debt securities. In the cash asset class, investments may be in cash and cash equivalents.
      Cash contributions of $27 million were made to the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan in 2006. The Company expects to make cash contributions of $24 million to the retiree health care plan in 2007.


Table of Contents

102
      The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
         
Year    
 
2007
  $ 39  
2008
    37  
2009
    35  
2010
    34  
2011
    33  
2012-2016
    155  
 
      The health care trend rate used to determine the December 31, 2006 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation is 10% for 2007. Beyond 2006, the rate is assumed to decrease by 1% per year until it reaches 5% by 2012 and then remains flat. The health care trend rate used to determine the December 31, 2005 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 10% for 2005 with the trend rate expected to grade down 1% per year until reaching 5% by 2011 and then remaining flat. Changes in the industry’s projected health care costs have caused the graded trend rate assumption to be reset to 10% as of December 31, 2006.
      Changing the health care trend rate by one percentage point would change the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the net retiree health care expense as follows:
                   
    1% Point   1% Point
    Increase   Decrease
 
Effect on:
               
 
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 21     $ (22 )
 
Net retiree health care expense
    2       (2 )
 
      The Company maintains a life time cap on postretirement health care costs, which reduces the liability duration of the plan. A result of this lower duration is a decreased sensitivity to a change in the discount rate trend assumption with respect to the liability and related expense.
      The Company has no significant postretirement health care benefit plans outside the United States.
Defined Contribution Plan
      The Company and certain subsidiaries have various defined contribution plans, in which all eligible employees participate.
      In the U.S., the 401(k) plan is a contributory plan. Matching contributions are based upon the amount of the employees’ contributions. Effective January 1, 2005, newly hired employees have a higher maximum matching contribution at 4% on the first 6% of employee contributions, compared to 3% for employees hired prior to January 2005. The profit sharing contribution for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $69 million. Before 2005, profit sharing contributions were generally based upon pre-tax earnings, as defined, with an adjustment for the aggregate matching contribution. Effective January 1, 2005, the plan was amended to exclude the profit sharing component.
      The Company’s expenses, primarily relating to the employer match, for all defined contribution plans, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $105 million, $105 million and $126 million, respectively.
8. Share-Based Compensation Plans and Other Incentive Plans
Stock Options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan
      The Company grants options to acquire shares of common stock to certain employees, non-employee directors and to existing option holders in connection with the merging of option plans following an acquisition. Each option granted has an exercise price of 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Most option awards have a contractual life of ten years and vest over four years. Upon the occurrence of a change in control, each stock option outstanding on the date on which the change in control occurs will immediately become exercisable in full.


Table of Contents

103
      The employee stock purchase plan allows eligible participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of eligible compensation on an after-tax basis. Plan participants cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock in any calendar year. The price an employee pays per share is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the close of the first trading day or last trading day of the purchase period. The plan has two purchase periods, the first one from October 1 through March 31 and the second one from April 1 through September 30. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, employees purchased 8.3 million, 11.7 million and 13.1 million shares, respectively, at prices ranging from $19.07 to $19.82, $12.66 to $12.72 and $10.31 to $15.33, respectively.
      Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock options under the intrinsic value method. Accordingly, the Company did not recognize expense related to employee stock options because the exercise price of such options equaled the fair value of the underlying stock on the grant date. The Company previously disclosed the fair value of its stock options in its footnotes.
      The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard as of January 1, 2006, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2006. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123R.
      Under SFAS 123R, the Company recognized $174 million, net of taxes, of compensation expense related to stock options and employee stock purchases for 2006, which was allocated to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations as follows:
           
    2006
Year Ended December 31    
 
Share-based compensation expense included in:
       
 
Costs of sales
  $ 30  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    138  
 
Research and development expenditures
    84  
       
Share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases included in operating earnings
    252  
Tax benefit
    78  
       
Share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases, net of tax
  $ 174  
       
Decrease in Basic earnings per share
  $ (0.07 )
Decrease in Diluted earnings per share
  $ (0.07 )
 
      Upon adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company continued to calculate the value of each employee stock option, estimated on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $9.23, $5.75, and $7.74, respectively, using the following weighted-average assumptions:
                         
    2006   2005   2004
 
Expected volatility
    36.2 %     35.2 %     46.7 %
Risk-free interest rate
    5.0 %     3.9 %     3.7 %
Dividend yield
    0.8 %     1.0 %     0.9 %
Expected life (years)
    6.5       5.0       5.0  
 
      In 2006, the Company began using the implied volatility for traded options on the Company’s stock as the expected volatility assumption required in the Black-Scholes model. Prior to 2006, the Company used a blended volatility rate using a combination of historical stock price volatility and market-implied volatility for purposes of its pro forma information. The selection of the implied volatility approach was based upon the availability of actively traded options on the Company’s stock and the Company’s assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility.
      The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the average daily closing rates during the year for U.S. treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the option. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s historical and future expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain


Table of Contents

104
outstanding. In 2006, the Company began using an estimated forfeiture rate of 25% based on historical data. This estimated forfeiture rate may be revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from this estimate. Prior to 2006, the Company used the actual forfeiture method, which assumed that all options would vest and pro forma expense was adjusted when options were forfeited prior to the vesting dates.
      Stock options activity was as follows (in thousands, except exercise price and employee data):
                                                 
    2006   2005   2004
             
    Shares   Wtd. Avg.   Shares   Wtd. Avg.   Shares   Wtd. Avg.
    Subject to   Exercise   Subject to   Exercise   Subject to   Exercise
Years Ended December 31   Options   Price   Options   Price   Options   Price
 
Options outstanding at January 1
    267,755     $ 17       335,757     $ 16       305,842     $ 17  
Options granted
    37,202       21       40,675       16       58,429       18  
Adjustments to options outstanding to reflect Freescale Semiconductor spin-off
                            36,111       2  
Options exercised
    (59,878 )     13       (85,527 )     12       (25,178 )     13  
Options terminated, cancelled or expired
    (11,634 )     19       (23,150 )     25       (39,447 )*     15  
                                     
Options outstanding at December 31
    233,445       18       267,755       17       335,757       16  
                                     
Options exercisable at December 31
    135,052       19       149,329       19       195,297       17  
                                     
Approx. number of employees granted options
    28,900               25,300               33,900          
 
The 39,447 options terminated, cancelled or expired includes approximately 22,000 options that were unvested and forfeited by employees of Freescale Semiconductor as of the spin-off.
      At December 31, 2006, the Company had $408 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans and the employee stock purchase plan that will be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately two years. Cash received from stock option exercises and the employee stock purchase plan was $918 million, $1.2 billion and $477 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $568 million, $571 million and $70 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2006 was $1.2 billion and $768 million, respectively.
      On December 2, 2004, in connection with the spin-off of the Company’s remaining equity interest in Freescale Semiconductor, certain adjustments were made to outstanding stock options. For vested and unvested options held by Motorola employees and vested options held by Freescale Semiconductor employees, the number of underlying shares and the exercise price of the options were adjusted to preserve the intrinsic value and the ratio of the exercise price to the fair market value of an underlying share that existed immediately prior to the distribution. In addition, the contractual life of the vested options held by Freescale Semiconductor employees was truncated according to the terms of the original grant. Unvested options held by Freescale Semiconductor employees expired according to the terms of the original grants. No other adjustments were made to the terms of the original option grants.
      At December 31, 2006 and 2005, 110.9 million shares and 79.6 million shares, respectively, were available for future share-based award grants under the 2006 Motorola Omnibus Plan, covering all equity awards to employees and non-employee directors.


Table of Contents

105
      The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006 (in thousands, except exercise price and years):
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
         
        Wtd. avg.   Wtd. avg.       Wtd. avg.
    No. of   Exercise   contractual   No. of   Exercise
Exercise price range   options   Price   life (in yrs.)   options   Price
 
Under $7
    279     $ 7       4       267     $ 6  
$7-$13
    72,163       10       5       59,303       11  
$14-$20
    93,426       16       6       43,342       17  
$21-$27
    37,169       22       9       1,732       25  
$28-$34
    1,792       32       3       1,792       32  
$35-$41
    28,203       39       8       28,203       39  
$42-$48
    377       44       4       377       44  
$49-$55
    36       51       3       36       51  
                               
      233,445                       135,052          
                               
 
      The weighted average contractual life for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2006 was seven and six years, respectively.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
      Restricted stock (“RS”) and restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to employees and non-employee directors. The grants are restricted such that they are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the employee. Upon the occurrence of a change in control, the restrictions on all shares of RS and RSU outstanding on the date on which the change in control occurs will lapse.
      Restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2006 was as follows:
                           
        Wtd. Avg.   Aggregate
        Grant Date   Intrinsic
    RS and RSU   Fair Value   Value
 
    (In thousands)       (In millions)
RS and RSU outstanding at January 1, 2006
    4,383     $ 16     $ 98  
 
Granted
    2,761       22          
 
Vested
    (938 )     15          
 
Terminated, cancelled or expired
    (190 )     18          
                   
RS and RSU outstanding at December 31, 2006
    6,016       19       123  
                   
 
      At December 31, 2006, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock and restricted stock units of $66 million, expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately three years. An aggregate of approximately 2.8 million, 1.7 million and 1.1 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units were granted in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The amortization of unrecognized compensation for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $24 million, $14 million and $24 million, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $22 million, $32 million and $3 million, respectively.
Total Share-Based Compensation Presentation
      Under the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated to reflect the effects of implementing SFAS 123R. The following pro forma information is presented for comparative purposes and illustrate the pro forma effect on Earnings from continuing operations and Net earnings and the


Table of Contents

106
respective earnings per share for each period presented as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions to share-based employee compensation prior to 2006 (in millions, except per share amounts):
                                                   
    Continuing Operations   Net Earnings
         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
 
Earnings:
                                               
 
Earnings, as reported
  $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ 2,099     $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532  
 
Add: Share-based employee compensation expense included in reported earnings, net of related tax effects
    n/a       9       15       n/a       9       19  
 
Deduct: Share-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    n/a       (170 )     (150 )     n/a       (170 )     (188 )
                                     
 
Pro forma earnings
  $ 3,261     $ 4,358     $ 1,964     $ 3,661     $ 4,417     $ 1,363  
                                     
Basic earnings per common share:
                                               
 
As reported
  $ 1.33     $ 1.83     $ 0.89     $ 1.50     $ 1.85     $ 0.65  
 
Pro forma
  $ n/a     $ 1.76     $ 0.83     $ n/a     $ 1.79     $ 0.58  
Diluted earnings per common share:
                                               
 
As reported
  $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ 0.87     $ 1.46     $ 1.81     $ 0.64  
 
Pro forma
  $ n/a     $ 1.72     $ 0.81     $ n/a     $ 1.75     $ 0.57  
 
      Prior to adopting SFAS 123R, the Company presented all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the statements of cash flows. As a result, $210 million and $51 million of excess tax benefits for 2005 and 2004, respectively, have been classified as an operating cash inflow. SFAS 123R requires cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits to be classified as a part of cash flows from financing activities. Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions for exercised options in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to stock compensation costs for such options. As a result of adopting SFAS 123R, $165 million of excess tax benefits for 2006 have been classified as a financing cash inflow.
Motorola Incentive Plan
      The Motorola Incentive Plan provides eligible employees with an annual payment, calculated as a percentage of an employee’s eligible earnings, in the year after the close of the current calendar year if specified business goals are met. The provisions for awards under these incentive plans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $268 million, $548 million and $771 million, respectively.
Mid-Range Incentive Plan
      The Mid-Range Incentive Plan (“MRIP”) rewarded participating elected officers for the Company’s achievement of outstanding performance during the period, based on two performance objectives measured over two-year cycles. The provision for MRIP for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $19 million and $56 million, respectively.
Long-Range Incentive Plan
      In 2005, a Long-Range Incentive Plan (“LRIP”) was introduced to replace MRIP. LRIP rewards participating elected officers for the Company’s achievement of outstanding performance during the period, based on two performance objectives measured over three-year cycles. The provision for LRIP for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $16 million and $15 million, respectively.


Table of Contents

107
9. Financing Arrangements
       Finance receivables consist of the following:
                 
December 31   2006   2005
 
Gross finance receivables
  $ 279     $ 272  
Less allowance for losses
    (10 )     (12 )
             
      269       260  
Less current portion
    (124 )     (178 )
             
Long-term finance receivables
  $ 145     $ 82  
             
 
      Current finance receivables are included in Accounts receivable and long-term finance receivables are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Interest income recognized on finance receivables for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $9 million, $7 million and $9 million, respectively. Impaired finance receivables totaled $1 million and $10 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, with $1 million and $10 million allowance for losses at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Interest income on impaired finance receivables is recognized as cash is collected and totaled less than $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 and $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
      On October 28, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to resolve disputes regarding Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. (“Telsim”) with Telsim and the government of Turkey. The government of Turkey and the Turkish Savings and Deposit Insurance Fund (“TMSF”) are third-party beneficiaries of the settlement agreement. In settlement of its claims, the Company received $410 million in cash in 2006 and $500 million in cash in 2005. The Company is permitted to, and will continue to, enforce its U.S. court judgment against the Uzan family, except in Turkey and three other countries.
      From time to time, the Company sells short-term receivables, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases (collectively, “finance receivables”) to third parties in transactions that qualify as “true-sales.” Certain of these finance receivables are sold to third parties on a one-time, non-recourse basis, while others are sold to third parties under committed facilities that involve contractual commitments from these parties to purchase qualifying receivables up to an outstanding monetary limit. Committed facilities may be revolving in nature. Certain sales may be made through separate legal entities that are also consolidated by the Company. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold finance receivables.
      In the aggregate, at December 31, 2006, these committed facilities provided for up to $1.3 billion to be outstanding with the third parties at any time, as compared to up to $1.1 billion provided at December 31, 2005 and up to $724 million provided at December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2006, $817 million of these committed facilities were utilized, compared to $585 million utilized at December 31, 2005 and $305 million utilized at December 31, 2004. Certain events could cause one of these facilities to terminate. In addition, before receivables can be sold under certain of the committed facilities, they may need to meet contractual requirements, such as credit quality or insurability.
      Total finance receivables sold by the Company were $6.4 billion in 2006 (including $6.2 billion of short-term receivables), compared to $4.5 billion sold in 2005 (including $4.2 billion of short-term receivables) and $3.8 billion sold in 2004 (including $3.8 billion of short-term receivables). As of December 31, 2006, there were $1.1 billion of receivables outstanding under these programs for which the Company retained servicing obligations (including $789 million of short-term receivables), compared to $1.0 billion outstanding at December 31, 2005 (including $838 million of short-term receivables) and $720 million outstanding at December 31, 2004 (including $589 of short-term receivables).
      Under certain of the receivables programs, the value of the receivables sold is covered by credit insurance obtained from independent insurance companies, less deductibles or self-insurance requirements under the policies (with the Company retaining credit exposure for the remaining portion). The Company’s total credit exposure to outstanding short-term receivables that have been sold was $19 million at December 31, 2006 as compared to $66 million at December 31, 2005. A reserve of $4 million was recorded for potential losses on sold receivables at both December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
      Certain purchasers of the Company’s infrastructure equipment continue to request that suppliers provide financing in connection with equipment purchases. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase


Table of Contents

108
price of the equipment. Periodically, the Company makes commitments to provide financing to purchasers in connection with the sale of equipment. However, the Company’s obligation to provide financing is often conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser’s credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the receivable from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to extend credit to third-parties totaling $398 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $689 million at December 31, 2005. Of these amounts, $262 million was supported by letters of credit or by bank commitments to purchase receivables at December 31, 2006, compared to $594 million at December 31, 2005.
      In addition to providing direct financing to certain equipment customers, the Company also assists customers in obtaining financing directly from banks and other sources to fund equipment purchases. The Company had committed to provide financial guarantees relating to customer financing totaling $122 million and $140 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively (including $19 million and $66 million, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables). Customer financing guarantees outstanding were $47 million and $79 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively (including $2 million and $42 million, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables).
10. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
      The Company owns most of its major facilities, but does lease certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and information technology and other equipment under principally non-cancelable operating leases. Rental expense, net of sublease income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $241 million, $250 million and $205 million, respectively. At December 31, 2006, future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, for the next five years and beyond are as follows: 2007 — $351 million; 2008 — $281 million; 2009 — $209 million; 2010 — $178 million; 2011 — $158 million; beyond — $1.2 billion.
Legal
      Iridium Program: The Company has been named as one of several defendants in putative class action securities lawsuits arising out of alleged misrepresentations or omissions regarding the Iridium satellite communications business, which on March 15, 2001, were consolidated in the federal district court in the District of Columbia under Freeland v. Iridium World Communications, Inc., et al. , originally filed on April 22, 1999. Plaintiffs motion for class certification was granted on January 9, 2006 and the trial is scheduled to begin on May 22, 2008.
      The Company was sued by the Official Committee of the Unsecured Creditors of Iridium in the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on July 19, 2001. In re Iridium Operating LLC, et al. v. Motorola asserts claims for breach of contract, warranty, fiduciary duty and fraudulent transfer and preferences, and seeks in excess of $4 billion in damages. Trial began on the solvency portion of these claims on October 23, 2006.
      The Company has not reserved for any potential liability that may arise as a result of the litigation described above related to the Iridium program. While the still pending cases are in various stages and the outcomes are not predictable, an unfavorable outcome of one or more of these cases could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
      Other: The Company is a defendant in various other suits, claims and investigations that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, and other than as discussed above with respect to the Iridium cases, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
Other
      The Company is also a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it is obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Some of these obligations arise as a result of divestitures of the Company’s assets or businesses and require the Company to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from the settlement of these pending obligations. The total amount of indemnification under these types of provisions at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $169 million and $28 million, respectively, with the Company


Table of Contents

109
accruing $95 million and $1 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for certain claims that have been asserted under these provisions.
      In addition, the Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial, intellectual property and divestiture agreements. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against the Company.
      In all indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, typically not more than 24 months, and for amounts not in excess of the contract value, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.
      The Company’s operating results are dependent upon our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality materials, parts and components to meet the demands of our customers. Furthermore certain of our components are available only from a single source or limited sources. Even where alternative sources of supply are available, qualification of the alternative suppliers and establishment of reliable supplies could result in delays and a possible loss of sales, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.
11. Information by Segment and Geographic Region
       Effective April 2006, the Company reports financial results for the following business segments with all historical amounts reclassified to conform to the current segment presentation:
  The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property.
 
  The Networks and Enterprise segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems to public carriers and other wireless service providers (referred to as the “public networks” market), and (ii) analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems, as well as wireless broadband systems, to a wide range of public safety, government, utility, transportation and other worldwide enterprise markets (referred to as the “private networks” market). In January 2007, the segment completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies Inc., a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to -end enterprise mobility solutions. Symbol will become the cornerstone of the segment’s enterprise mobility strategy.
 
  The Connected Home Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells and services: (i) cable television, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network set-top boxes (“digital entertainment devices”), (ii)  end-to -end digital video system solutions, (iii) broadband access networks, and (iv)  IP-based data and voice products (including modems).
      Segment operating results are measured based on operating earnings adjusted, if necessary, for certain segment-specific items and corporate allocations. Intersegment and intergeographic sales are accounted for on an arm’s-length pricing basis. Intersegment sales included in other and eliminations were:
                         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 65     $ 190     $ 212  
Networks and Enterprise
    19       101       44  
Connected Home Solutions
    1              —  
                   
    $ 85     $ 291     $ 256  
 
      Identifiable assets (excluding intersegment receivables) are the Company’s assets that are identified with classes of similar products or operations in each geographic region.
      For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, approximately 12% and 13%, respectively, of net sales were to one customer, Sprint Nextel (including Nextel and Nextel affiliates where appropriate). No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006.


Table of Contents

110
Segment information
                                                 
        Operating Earnings
    Net Sales   (Loss)
         
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 28,383     $ 21,459     $ 17,108     $ 2,690     $ 2,192     $ 1,728  
Networks and Enterprise
    11,245       11,202       10,465       1,521       1,939       1,550  
Connected Home Solutions
    3,327       2,871       2,335       224       153       154  
                                     
      42,955       35,532       29,908       4,435       4,284       3,432  
Other and Eliminations
    (76 )     (270 )     (245 )     (343 )     321       (440 )
                                     
    $ 42,879     $ 35,262     $ 29,663                          
                                     
Operating earnings
                            4,092       4,605       2,992  
Total other income
                            518       1,807       120  
                                     
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
                          $ 4,610     $ 6,412     $ 3,112  
 
      Effective the fourth quarter 2006, the Company reflects costs associated with the amortization of intangible assets and in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) at the corporate level rather than at the business segment level. Accordingly, these costs have been reclassified for all periods presented from the corresponding business segment to Others and Eliminations to conform to the current period presentation.
      Other as presented in Other and Eliminations above consists primarily of (i) general corporate related expenses, including stock option and employee stock purchase plan expenses, (ii) various corporate programs representing developmental businesses and research and development projects, which are not included in any major segment, and (iii) the Company’s wholly-owned finance subsidiary. Beginning in 2006, certain general corporate expenses, which had previously been allocated to the business segments, are included in the operating expenses of Other. These expenses, which were approximately $98 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, are no longer allocated to the operating segments, primarily include: (i) corporate general and administrative expenses, including strategy, legal, human resources, finance and CEO and CFO functional staff expenses, (ii) corporate marketing expenses, and (iii) research and development projects.
      In 2006, the Company also recorded income of $418 million for a payment relating to the Telsim settlement, partially offset by expenses of $88 million representing a charitable contribution to the Motorola Foundation of appreciated equity holdings in a third party both of which are presented in Other and Eliminations.
                                                                         
            Depreciation
    Assets   Capital Expenditures   Expense
             
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 9,316     $ 7,551     $ 5,443     $ 164     $ 126     $ 92     $ 133     $ 127     $ 136  
Networks and Enterprise
    6,812       5,893       5,276       320       271       249       215       227       232  
Connected Home Solutions
    3,202       2,442       2,346       19       28       27       42       51       59  
                                                       
      19,330       15,886       13,065       503       425       368       390       405       427  
Other and Eliminations
    19,263       19,281       17,083       146       123       37       73       68       75  
                                                       
      38,593       35,167       30,148     $ 649     $ 548     $ 405     $ 463     $ 473     $ 502  
Discontinued Operations
          635       774                                                  
                                                       
    $ 38,593     $ 35,802     $ 30,922                                                  
 
      Assets in Other include primarily cash and cash equivalents, Sigma Funds, deferred income taxes, marketable securities, property, plant and equipment, investments, and the administrative headquarters of the Company.


Table of Contents

111
Geographic area information
                                                                         
            Property, Plant, and
    Net Sales*   Assets**   Equipment
Years Ended            
December 31   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
 
United States
  $ 18,808     $ 16,701     $ 14,244     $ 24,212     $ 23,635     $ 18,932     $ 1,089     $ 1,010     $ 1,061  
China
    4,664       2,908       2,928       4,649       3,843       3,532       278       189       209  
United Kingdom
    1,306       1,532       1,452       1,773       1,962       966       134       127       132  
Germany
    874       882       700       1,195       990       968       131       118       138  
Israel
    659       534       502       1,195       1,372       1,217       156       134       125  
Singapore
    176       156       163       3,713       2,993       3,388       39       35       32  
Other nations
    16,392       12,549       9,674       6,051       4,330       5,193       498       457       388  
Adjustments and Eliminations
                      (4,195 )     (3,958 )     (4,048 )     (58 )     (50 )     (28 )
                                                       
    $ 42,879     $ 35,262     $ 29,663     $ 38,593     $ 35,167     $ 30,148     $ 2,267     $ 2,020     $ 2,057  
 
  Net sales by geographic region are measured by the locale of end customer.
**  Excludes assets held for sale relating to discontinued operations of $635 million and $774 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
12. Shareholder Rights Plan
       Effective August 1, 2006 (the “Termination Date”), the Company terminated its shareholder rights plan. The shareholder rights plan was scheduled to expire in November 2008. On the Termination Date, in connection with the termination of the shareholder rights plan, the Company made the filings necessary to eliminate all references to the Company’s Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B”) from its Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Accordingly, no authorized Series B shares are reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. No Series B shares were or have been issued.
13. Reorganization of Businesses
       The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in -force or restructuring. Each separate reduction-in -force has qualified for severance benefits under the Severance Plan and, therefore, such benefits are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 112, “Accounting for Postemployment Benefits” (“SFAS 112”). Under the provisions of SFAS 112, the Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs primarily consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for exit costs and employee separation costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. The Company reverses accruals through the income statement line item where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer required.
2006 Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed principally at: (i) reducing costs in its supply-chain activities, (ii) integrating the former Networks segment and Government and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment into one organization, the Networks and Enterprise segment, and (iii) reducing other operating expenses, primarily relating to engineering and development costs. The Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $213 million, including $41 million of charges in Costs of sales and $172 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $213 million are charges of $191 million for employee separation costs, $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $30 million for exit costs, partially


Table of Contents

112
offset by $23 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by the actions committed to in 2006 are 3,900.
      The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
         
Year Ended December 31,   2006
 
Mobile Devices
  $ (1 )
Networks and Enterprise
    157  
Connected Home Solutions
    50  
       
      206  
General Corporate
    7  
       
    $ 213  
 
      The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006:
                                         
    Accruals at   2006       2006   Accruals at
    January 1,   Additional   2006 (1)   Amount   December 31,
    2006   Charges   Adjustments   Used   2006
 
Exit costs — lease terminations
  $ 50     $ 30     $ (7 )   $ (19 )   $ 54  
Employee separation costs
    53       191       (16 )     (124 )     104  
 
    $ 103     $ 221     $ (23 )   $ (143 )   $ 158  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.
Exit Costs — Lease Terminations
      At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $50 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2006 additional charges of $30 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Networks and Enterprise segment. The 2006 adjustments of $7 million represent reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $19 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $54 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
      At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $53 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 1,600 employees, of which 1,100 were direct employees and 500 were indirect employees. The 2006 additional charges of $191 million represent costs for an additional 3,900 employees, of which 1,700 were direct employees and 2,200 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $16 million represent reversals of accruals no longer needed.
      During 2006, approximately 3,200 employees, of which 1,400 were direct employees and 1,800 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $124 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $104 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006, is expected to be paid to approximately 2,300 employees to be separated in 2007.
2005 Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $91 million, including $37 million of charges in Costs of sales and $54 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $91 million are charges of $86 million for employee separation costs and $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $15 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by these action were approximately 2,600.


Table of Contents

113
      The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
         
Year Ended December 31,   2005
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 27  
Networks and Enterprise
    52  
Connected Home Solutions
    4  
       
      83  
General Corporate
    8  
       
    $ 91  
 
      The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005:
                                         
    Accruals at   2005       2005   Accruals at
    January 1,   Additional   2005 (1)   Amount   December 31,
    2005   Charges   Adjustments   Used   2005
 
Exit costs — lease terminations
  $ 73     $ 5     $ (7 )   $ (21 )   $ 50  
Employee separation costs
    41       86       (14 )     (60 )     53  
 
    $ 114     $ 91     $ (21 )   $ (81 )   $ 103  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.
Exit Costs — Lease Terminations
      At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $73 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2005 additional charges of $5 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Networks and Enterprise segment. The 2005 adjustments of $7 million represented reversals of $1 million for accruals no longer needed and $6 million of translation adjustments. The $21 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $50 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
      At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $41 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 400 employees, of which 50 were direct employees and 350 were indirect employees. The 2005 additional charges of $86 million represented the severance costs for approximately 2,600 employees, of which 1,300 were direct employees and 1,300 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $14 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
      During 2005, approximately 1,400 employees, of which 300 were direct employees and 1,100 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $60 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $53 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005.
2004 Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded net reorganization of business reversals of $15 million, including $4 million of reversals in Costs of sales and $11 million of reversals under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $15 million are charges of $54 million for employee separation costs, partially offset by $63 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed and $6 million for fixed asset adjustment income. Total employees impacted by these actions were approximately 800.


Table of Contents

114
      The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
         
Year Ended December 31,   2004
 
Mobile Devices
  $ (28 )
Networks and Enterprise
    2  
Connected Home Solutions
    (4 )
       
      (30 )
General Corporate
    15  
       
    $ (15 )
 
      The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004:
                                         
    Accruals                
    at   2004       2004   Accruals at
    January 1,   Additional   2004 (1)   Amount   December 31,
    2004   Charges   Adjustments   Used   2004
 
Exit costs — lease terminations
  $ 122     $     $ (18 )   $ (31 )   $ 73  
Employee separation costs
    116       54       (34 )     (95 )     41  
 
    $ 238     $ 54     $ (52 )   $ (126 )   $ 114  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.
Exit Costs — Lease Terminations
      At January 1, 2004, the Company had an accrual of $122 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2004 adjustments of $18 million represented reversals of $29 million for accruals no longer needed, partially offset by an $11 million translation adjustment. The $31 million used in 2004 reflected cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $73 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
      At January 1, 2004, the Company had an accrual of $116 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,100 employees, of which 1,000 were direct employees and 1,100 were indirect employees. The 2004 additional charges of $54 million represented the severance costs for approximately 800 employees, of which 100 were direct employees and 700 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $34 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
      During 2004, approximately 2,500 employees, of which 1,000 were direct employees and 1,500 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $95 million used in 2004 reflected cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $41 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004.
14.  Acquisitions and Related Intangibles
       The Company accounts for acquisitions using purchase accounting with the results of operations for each acquiree included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of these acquisitions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant individually nor in the aggregate.
      The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. Historical pricing, margins and expense levels, where applicable, were used in the valuation of the in-process products. The in-process research and development acquired will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible.


Table of Contents

115
      The developmental products for the companies acquired have varying degrees of timing, technology, costs-to -complete and market risks throughout final development. If the products fail to become viable, the Company will unlikely be able to realize any value from the sale of incomplete technology to another party or through internal re-use. The risks of market acceptance for the products under development and potential reductions in projected sales volumes and related profits in the event of delayed market availability for any of the products exist. Efforts to complete all developmental products continue and there are no known delays to forecasted plans.
      The following is a summary of significant acquisitions in 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                                 
                In-Process
                Research and
    Quarter           Development
    Acquired   Consideration   Form of Consideration   Charge
 
2006 Acquisitions
                               
Broadbus Technologies, Inc.
    Q3     $ 181       Cash     $ 12  
TTP Communications plc
    Q3     $ 193       Cash     $ 17  
Kreatel Communications AB
    Q1     $ 108       Cash     $ 1  
2005 Acquisitions
                               
No significant acquisitions
                  —        
2004 Acquisitions
                               
MeshNetworks, Inc. 
    Q4     $ 169       Cash     $ 16  
Force Computers
    Q3     $ 121       Cash     $ 2  
 
      The following table summarizes net tangible and intangible assets acquired and the consideration provided for the acquisitions identified above:
                           
Years Ended December 31   2006   2005   2004
 
Tangible net assets
  $ 20     $     $ 39  
Goodwill
    262             178  
Other intangibles
    170             55  
In-process research and development
    30             18  
                   
    $ 482     $     $ 290  
                   
Consideration:
                       
 
Cash
  $ 482     $     $ 290  
 
Stock
                 
                   
    $ 482     $     $ 290  
 
Broadbus Technologies, Inc.
      In September 2006, the Company acquired Broadbus Technologies, Inc. (“Broadbus”), a leading provider of content on-demand technologies, for $181 million in cash. The Company recorded $131 million in goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $12 million charge for acquired in-process research and development costs, and $30 million in identifiable intangible assets. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, one project was in process. This project is expected to be completed in 2008. The average risk adjusted rate used to value this project was 22%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. Goodwill and intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 3 to 5 years on a straight-line basis.
      The results of operations of Broadbus have been included in the Connected Home Solutions segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.


Table of Contents

116
TTP Communications plc
      In August 2006, the Company acquired TTP Communications plc (“TTPCom”), a leader in wireless software platforms, protocol stacks and semiconductor solutions, for $193 million in cash. The Company recorded $52 million in goodwill, a portion of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $17 million charge for acquired in-process research and development costs, and $118 million in identifiable intangible assets. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, a total of four projects were in process. These projects are expected to be completed in 2008. The average risk adjusted rate used to value these projects was 18%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. Goodwill and intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 18 months to 5 years on a straight-line basis.
      The results of operations of TTPCom have been included in the Mobile Devices segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
Kreatel Communications AB
      In February 2006, the Company acquired Kreatel Communications AB (“Kreatel”), a leading developer of innovative Internet Protocol (“IP”) based digital set-top boxes, for $108 million in cash. The Company recorded $79 million in goodwill, a portion of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $1 million charge for acquired in-process research and development costs, and $22 million in identifiable intangible assets. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, a total of two projects were in process. These projects have since been completed. The average risk adjusted rate used to value these projects was 19%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. Goodwill and intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 2 to 4 years on a straight-line basis.
      The results of operations of Kreatel have been included in the Connected Home Solutions segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
MeshNetworks
      In November 2004, the Company acquired MeshNetworks, Inc. (“MeshNetworks”), a developer of mobile mesh networking and position location technologies that allow customers to deploy high-performance, Internet Protocol-based wireless broadband networks, for $169 million in cash.
      The Company recorded approximately $119 million in goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $16 million charge for acquired in-process research and development, and $20 million in other intangibles. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, a total of three projects were in process. These projects have since been completed. The average risk adjusted rate used to value these projects was 45%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were written off at the date of acquisition and have been included in Other Charges in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Goodwill and intangible assets are included in Other Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets will be amortized over a period of 5 years on a straight-line basis.
      The results of operations of MeshNetworks have been included in the Networks and Enterprise segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.


Table of Contents

117
Force Computers
      In August 2004, the Company acquired Force Computers (“Force”), a worldwide designer and supplier of open, standards-based and custom embedded computing solutions, for $121 million in cash.
      The Company recorded approximately $59 million in goodwill, none of which was deductible for tax purposes, a $2 million charge for acquired in-process research and development, and $35 million in other intangibles. The in-process research and development costs were written off at the date of acquisition and have been included in Other Charges in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Goodwill and intangible assets are included in Other Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets will be amortized over a period of 5 years on a straight-line basis.
      The results of operations of Force have been included in the Networks and Enterprise segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
2007 Acquisitions
      Symbol Technologies, Inc.: In January 2007, the Networks and Enterprise segment completed the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”), for approximately $3.9 billion in cash. Symbol is a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to -end enterprise mobility solutions featuring rugged mobile computing, advanced data capture, radio frequency identification, wireless infrastructure and mobility management.
      Good Technology, Inc.: In January 2007, the Mobile Devices segment completed the acquisition of Good Technology, Inc., for approximately $500 million in cash. Good Technology, Inc. is a leader in enterprise mobile computing software and service.
      Netopia, Inc.: In February 2007, the Connected Home Solutions segment completed the acquisition of Netopia, Inc., for approximately $200 million in cash. Netopia, Inc. is a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections.
Intangible Assets
      Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill were comprised of the following:
                                   
    2006   2005
         
    Gross       Gross    
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
December 31   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
 
Intangible assets:
                               
 
Licensed technology
  $ 119     $ 107     $ 112     $ 104  
 
Completed technology
    486       334       407       285  
 
Other intangibles
    285       95       149       48  
                         
    $ 890     $ 536     $ 668     $ 437  
 
      Amortization expense on intangible assets, which is included within Other and Eliminations, was $100 million, $67 million and $52 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 future amortization expense is estimated to be $116 million for 2007, $85 million in 2008, $69 million in 2009, $48 million in 2010, and $29 million in 2011.


Table of Contents

118
      Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill by business segment:
                                 
    2006   2005
         
    Gross       Gross    
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
December 31   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 154     $ 41     $ 36     $ 14  
Networks and Enterprise
    273       151       250       119  
Connected Home Solutions
    463       344       382       304  
                         
    $ 890     $ 536     $ 668     $ 437  
 
      The following tables display a rollforward of the carrying amount of goodwill from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2006, by business segment:
                                 
    January 1,           December 31,
Segment   2006   Acquired   Adjustments   2006
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 17     $ 52     $     $ 69  
Networks and Enterprise
    539       73       (1 )     611  
Connected Home Solutions
    793       211       22       1,026  
                         
    $ 1,349     $ 336     $ 21     $ 1,706  
 
                                 
    January 1,           December 31,
Segment   2005   Acquired   Adjustments   2005
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 17     $     $     $ 17  
Networks and Enterprise
    484       73       (18 )     539  
Connected Home Solutions
    782       16       (5 )     793  
                         
    $ 1,283     $ 89     $ (23 )   $ 1,349  
 
      The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level and is a two-step analysis. First, the fair value (“FV”) of each reporting unit is compared to its book value. If the FV of the reporting unit is less than its book value, the Company performs a hypothetical purchase price allocation based on the reporting unit’s FV to determine the FV of the reporting unit’s goodwill. FV is determined with the help of independent appraisal firms using a combination of present value techniques and quoted market prices of comparable businesses. No impairment charges were required for the year ended December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company determined that goodwill related to a sensor group, which was subsequently divested in 2005, was impaired by a total of $125 million.


Table of Contents

119
15. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
       The following table presents the valuation and qualifying account activity for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                                         
    Balance at   Charged to           Balance at
    January 1   Earnings   Used   Adjustments (1)   December 31
 
2006
                                       
Reorganization of Businesses
  $ 103     $ 221     $ (143 )   $ (23 )   $ 158  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    101       50       (58 )     (15 )     78  
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
    12       5       (8 )     1       10  
Inventory Reserves
    529       517       (490 )     (140 )     416  
Warranty Reserves
    467       977       (891 )     (23 )     530  
Customer Reserves
    1,171       4,218       (3,597 )     (487 )     1,305  
2005
                                       
Reorganization of Businesses
    114       91       (81 )     (21 )     103  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    173       17       (14 )     (75 )     101  
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
    1,966             (1,926 )     (28 )     12  
Inventory Reserves
    522       569       (389 )     (173 )     529  
Warranty Reserves
    472       816       (696 )     (125 )     467  
Customer Reserves
    842       3,215       (2,588 )     (298 )     1,171  
2004
                                       
Reorganization of Businesses
    238       54       (126 )     (52 )     114  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    247       36       (24 )     (86 )     173  
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
    2,095       2       (69 )     (62 )     1,966  
Inventory Reserves
    568       377       (376 )     (47 )     522  
Warranty Reserves
    332       600       (342 )     (118 )     472  
Customer Reserves
    573       2,563       (2,018 )     (276 )     842  
 
(1)  Includes translation adjustments.


Table of Contents

120
16. Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)*
                                                                   
    2006   2005
         
    1st   2nd   3rd   4th   1st   2nd   3rd   4th
 
Operating Results
                                                               
 
Net sales
  $ 9,608     $ 10,876     $ 10,603     $ 11,792     $ 7,767     $ 8,408     $ 9,048     $ 10,039  
 
Costs of sales
    6,677       7,519       7,233       8,723       5,191       5,654       6,122       6,866  
                                                 
 
Gross margin
    2,931       3,357       3,370       3,069       2,576       2,754       2,926       3,173  
                                                 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,069       1,154       1,123       1,158       886       877       881       984  
 
Research and development expenditures
    964       1,035       1,046       1,061       823       897       901       979  
 
Other charges (income)
    49       (354 )     233       97       11       22       64       (501 )
                                                 
 
Operating earnings
    849       1,522       968       753       856       958       1,080       1,711  
                                                 
 
Earnings from continuing operations
    656       1,349       727       529       685       919       1,738       1,177  
 
Net earnings
    686       1,384       968       623       692       933       1,751       1,202  
Per Share Data (in dollars)
                                                               
Continuing Operations:
                                                               
 
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.26     $ 0.55     $ 0.30     $ 0.22     $ 0.28     $ 0.37     $ 0.70     $ 0.47  
 
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.26       0.54       0.29       0.21       0.28       0.37       0.68       0.46  
Net Earnings:
                                                               
 
Basic earnings per common share
    0.28       0.56       0.40       0.26       0.28       0.38       0.71       0.48  
 
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.27       0.55       0.39       0.25       0.28       0.37       0.69       0.47  
Dividends declared
    0.04       0.05       0.05       0.05       0.04       0.04       0.04       0.04  
Dividends paid
    0.04       0.04       0.05       0.05       0.04       0.04       0.04       0.04  
Stock prices
                                                               
 
High
    24.67       24.24       25.55       26.30       17.52       19.25       23.99       24.99  
 
Low
    20.22       19.01       18.66       20.17       14.69       14.48       18.05       19.45  
 
Certain amounts in prior years’ financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentation.


Table of Contents

121
Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
       None.
Item 9A: Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
      Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules  13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to Motorola, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Motorola’s management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
      Motorola’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule  13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2006. KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
      There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2006 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.


Table of Contents

122
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Motorola, Inc.:
      We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting in Item 9A: Controls and Procedures, that Motorola, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Motorola, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
      We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
      Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
      In our opinion, management’s assessment that Motorola, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Motorola, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
      We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, and our report dated February 28, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
-S- KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2007


Table of Contents

123
Item 9B: Other Information
       On February 11, 2007, the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Motorola, Inc. Board of Directors approved changes to the forms of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements, Stock Award Agreements and Stock Option Consideration Agreements under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006. The changes, previously reported on Motorola’s Report on Form  8-K filed on February 15, 2007 (File No.  1-7221), were initially scheduled to take effect March 1, 2007 and were scheduled to apply both to future grants of awards and to outstanding award agreements. However, on February 27, 2007, the Compensation and Leadership Committee resolved that the changes should apply only to awards granted on or after March 1, 2007 and not to outstanding awards granted prior to March 1, 2007. As a result, the forms of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and Stock Option Consideration Agreement were amended to delete references to outstanding awards made prior to March 1, 2007.
      This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the amended Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and Stock Option Consideration Agreement, filed with this report as Exhibits 10.3 and 10.4.
PART III
Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
       The response to this Item required by Item 401 of Regulation  S-K, with respect to directors, incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Nominees” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) and, with respect to executive officers, is contained in Part I hereof under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and, with respect to the audit committee, incorporates by reference the information under the caption “What Are the Committees of the Board?” and “Report of Audit and Legal Committee” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
      The response to this Item required by Item 405 of Regulation  S-K incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Other Matters—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
      The response to this Item also incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Communications—How Can I Recommend a Director Candidate to the Governance and Nominating Committee?” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
      Motorola has adopted a code of ethics, the Motorola Code of Business Conduct (the “Code”), that applies to all employees, including Motorola’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller (principal accounting officer). The Code is posted on Motorola’s Internet website, www.motorola.com/investor , and is available free of charge, upon request to Investor Relations, Motorola, Inc., Corporate Offices, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196, E-mail: investors@motorola.com , phone: 1-800 -262-8509. Any amendment to, or waiver from, the Code will be posted on our Internet website within five business days following the date of the amendment or waiver. Motorola’s Code of Business Conduct applies to all Motorola employees worldwide, without exception, and describes employee responsibilities to the various stakeholders involved in our business. The Code goes beyond the legal minimums by implementing the values we share as employees of Motorola—our key beliefs—uncompromising integrity and constant respect for people. The Code places special responsibility on managers and prohibits retaliation for reporting issues.
Item 11: Executive Compensation
       The response to this Item incorporates by reference the information under the captions “How Are the Directors Compensated?,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Compensation and Leadership Committee on Executive Compensation,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2006,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2006,” “Pension Benefits in 2006,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2006,” and “Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
       The response to this Item incorporates by reference the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Ownership of Securities” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.


Table of Contents

124
Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
       The response to this Item incorporates by reference the relevant information under the caption “Related Person Transaction Policy and Procedures” and “Which Directors Are Independent” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services
       The response to this Item incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit and Legal Committee Pre-Approval Policies” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.


Table of Contents

125
PART IV
Item 15: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 1. Financial Statements
      See Part II, Item 8 hereof.
      2. Financial Statement Schedule and Independent Auditors’ Report
  All schedules omitted are inapplicable or the information required is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
      3. Exhibits
  Exhibits required to be attached by Item 601 of Regulation  S-K are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by this reference. Following is a list of management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form by Item 15(b) hereof:
 
       Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document— Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
       Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement, as amended through February 27, 2007
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document— Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
       Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Edward J. Zander, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.
       Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan.
       Form of Deferred Stock Units Award Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan.
       Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003
       Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002
       Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000
       Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000
       Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998
       Share Option Plan of 1996
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document— Terms and Conditions Related to Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document— Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000 (collectively the “Prior Plans”)
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement, relating to the Prior Plans
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Cliff Vesting) relating to the Prior Plans
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Periodic Vesting), relating to the Prior Plans
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document— Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Prior Plans
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended for grants on or after May 3, 2005
       Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003
       Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003


Table of Contents

126
 
       Motorola Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
       Motorola 2006 Incentive Plan
       Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005
       Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006
       Motorola Elected Officers Supplementary Retirement Plan
       Motorola Management Deferred Compensation Plan
       Motorola, Inc. Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan
       Motorola, Inc. Retiree Basic Life Insurance for Elected Officers prior to January 1, 2004 who retire after January 1, 2005
       Arrangement for directors’ fees for non-employee directors
       Insurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses
       Employment Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Edward J. Zander dated as of December 15, 2003, as amended
       Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Adrian Nemcek dated July 18, 2006
       Description of Future Compensation Arrangements between Motorola, Inc. and David Devonshire, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company as of March 2002
       Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement as amended on May 2, 2006
(b)  Exhibits:
      See Item 15(a)3 above.


Table of Contents

127
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors
Motorola, Inc.:
      We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form  S-8 (Nos. 33-59285, 333-51847, 333-65941, 333-88735, 333-36308, 333-37114, 333-53120, 333-60560, 333-60612, 333-60976, 333-87724, 333-87728, 333-87730, 333-104259, 333-105107, 333-123879 and 333-133736) and on Form  S-3 (Nos.  333-75940, 333-76637 and 333-36320) of Motorola, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2007, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, which reports appear in the December 31, 2006, annual report on Form  10-K of Motorola, Inc. Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption of the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , effective January 1, 2006 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) , effective December 31, 2006.
(LOGO)
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2007


Table of Contents

128
SIGNATURES
       Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Motorola, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
  MOTOROLA, INC.
  By:  /s/ Edward J. Zander
 
 
  Edward J. Zander
  Chairman of the Board and
  Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2007
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Motorola, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signature   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Edward J. Zander
 
Edward J. Zander
  Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Office
(Principal Executive Officer)
  February 28, 2007
 
/s/ David W. Devonshire
 
David W. Devonshire
  Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Steven J. Strobel
 
Steven J. Strobel
  Senior Vice President,
Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 28, 2007
 
/s/ David W. Dorman
 
David W. Dorman
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ H. Laurance Fuller
 
H. Laurance Fuller
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Judy C. Lewent
 
Judy C. Lewent
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Thomas J. Meredith
 
Thomas J. Meredith
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Nicholas Negroponte
 
Nicholas Negroponte
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Indra K. Nooyi
 
Indra K. Nooyi
  Director   February 28, 2007


Table of Contents

129
             
Signature   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Samuel C. Scott III
 
Samuel C. Scott III
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Ron Sommer
 
Ron Sommer
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ James R. Stengel
 
James R. Stengel
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Douglas A. Warner III
 
Douglas A. Warner III
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Dr. John A. White
 
Dr. John A. White
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
/s/ Miles D. White
 
Miles D. White
  Director   February 28, 2007


Table of Contents

130
EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
     
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 18, 2006, among Motorola, Inc., Motorola GTG Subsidiary I Corp. and Symbol Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on September 25, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  2 .2   Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 30, 2006, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 18, 2006, among Motorola, Inc., Motorola GTG Subsidiary I Corp. and Symbol Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2006) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola, Inc., as amended through May 3, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(b) to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  3 .2   Motorola, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws as of February 23, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed March 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  4 .2(a)   Senior Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between Harris Trust and Savings Bank and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated September 25, 1995 (Registration No. 33-62911)).
 
  4 .2(b)   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of January 22, 2001, among Motorola, Inc., Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(b) to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-7221)).
        Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Motorola and of all its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed are being omitted pursuant to paragraph(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Motorola agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.
 
  *10 .1   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (as Amended through November 14, 2006).
 
  10 .2   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended through February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 15, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  *10 .3   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 as amended through February 27, 2007.
 
  *10 .4   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement, as amended on February 27, 2007.
 
  *10 .5   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan, as amended through February 11, 2007.
 
  *10 .6   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended through February 11, 2007.
 
  10 .7   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Edward J. Zander, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc., as amended on May 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 2006) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  *10 .8   Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan, amended as of February 11, 2007.


Table of Contents

131
         
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
     
 
  *10 .9   Form of Deferred Stock Units Award Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan as amended February 11, 2007.
 
  10 .10   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .11   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .12   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .13   Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .14   Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .15   Share Option Plan of 1996, as amended through May 7, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .16   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2002 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .17   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through May 2, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .18   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .19   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Cliff Vesting) relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221.))
 
  10 .20   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Periodic Vesting), relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).


Table of Contents

132
         
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
     
 
  10 .21   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998, as amended February 14, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24(b) to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .22   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended for grants on or after May 3, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .23   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .24   Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, amended as of January 1, 2006, or any successor plan (incorporated by reference to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .25   Motorola Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated on May 6, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2003 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .26   Motorola 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 2006) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  *10 .27   Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005 (as Amended through November 14, 2006).
 
  *10 .28   Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006 (as Amended through November 14, 2006).
 
  10 .29   Motorola Elected Officers Supplementary Retirement Plan amended effective as of June 30, 2005, as amended through February 28, 2005 (as incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.33 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .30   Motorola Management Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through May 2, 2006, effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .31   Motorola, Inc. Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan, amended on May 2, 2006, effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .32   Motorola, Inc. Retiree Basic Life Insurance for Elected Officers prior to January 1, 2004 who retire after January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .33   Arrangement for directors’ fees for non-employee directors (description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How Are the Directors Compensated?” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on May 7, 2007 (“Motorola Proxy Statement”)).
 
  10 .34   Insurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses (including a description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How Are the Directors Compensated?” of the Motorola Proxy Statement and to Exhibit 10.38 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).


Table of Contents

133
         
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
     
 
  10 .35   Employment Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Edward J. Zander dated as of December 15, 2003 as amended through May 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .36   Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Adrian Nemcek dated July 18, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 2006) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .37   Description of Future Compensation Arrangements between Motorola, Inc. and David Devonshire, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as of March 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 28, 2002 (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  10 .38   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement, as amended on May 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2006) (File No. 1-7221)).
 
  *12     Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
  *21     Subsidiaries of Motorola.
 
  23     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, see page 127 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit Index is a part.
 
  *31 .1   Certification of Edward J. Zander pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
  *31 .2   Certification of David W. Devonshire pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
  *32 .1   Certification of Edward J. Zander pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
  *32 .2   Certification of David W. Devonshire pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Filed herewith
 

Exhibit 10.1
MOTOROLA OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2006
(As Amended through November 14, 2006)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”) are (i) to encourage outstanding individuals to accept or continue employment with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries or to serve as directors of Motorola, and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other stock and cash incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall satisfy such requirements as:
          (a) the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 or its successor under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);
          (b) the New York Stock Exchange may establish pursuant to its rule-making authority; and
          (c) the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
The Compensation and Leadership Committee shall serve as the Committee administering the Plan until such time as the Board designates a different Committee.
The Committee shall have the discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any option or other benefit granted under the Plan, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made

 


 

in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to select employees to participate in the Plan and to determine the number of option shares and other awards to be granted to such participants, except with respect to awards to officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Covered Employees”) and any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such officer or officers.
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its Subsidiaries and all non-employee directors of Motorola; provided, however, the following individuals shall be excluded from participation in the plan: (a) contract labor (including without limitation black badges, brown badges, contractors, consultants, contract employees and job shoppers) regardless of length of service; (b) employees whose base wage or base salary is not processed for payment by a Payroll Department of Motorola or any Subsidiary; (c) any individual performing services under an independent contractor or consultant agreement, a purchase order, a supplier agreement or any other agreement that the Company enters into for service. Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola and which Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes shall be a “Subsidiary” for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.
     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 80 million shares of Motorola common stock. In connection with approving this Plan, and contingent upon receipt of stockholder approval of this Plan, the Board of Directors has approved a merger of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, and the

-2-


 

Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 (collectively, the “Prior Plans”) into this Plan, so that on or after the date this Plan is approved by stockholders, the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan shall not exceed (a) the total number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan plus (b) the number of shares approved and available for grant under the Prior Plans as of the date of such stockholder approval plus (c) any shares that become available for issuance pursuant to the remainder of this section 4. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination, forfeiture or cancellation of any Stock Option or other benefit outstanding under this Plan, a Prior Plan or under the Motorola Share Option Plan of 1996 (the “1996 Plan”), prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards granted under this Plan, a Prior Plan or the 1996 Plan prior to vesting, then the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan (to the extent permitted under the terms of the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan if the award originally occurred under such plan). Shares covered by a benefit granted under the Plan shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a participant. Any shares covered by a Stock Appreciation Right (including a Stock Appreciation Right settled in stock which the Committee, in its discretion, may substitute for an outstanding Stock Option) shall be counted as used only to the extent shares are actually issued to the participant upon exercise of the right. In addition, any shares of common stock exchanged by an optionee as full or partial payment of the exercise price under any stock option exercised under the Plan, any shares retained by Motorola to comply with applicable income tax withholding requirements, and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan (to the extent permitted under the terms of the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan if the award originally occurred under such plan). All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 422 of the Code); provided, however, notwithstanding an Option’s designation, to the extent that Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year with respect to Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value exceeds $100,000 (regardless of whether such Incentive Stock Options were granted under this Plan, the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan), such Options shall be treated as nonqualified Stock Options.

-3-


 

          Under the Plan, no participant may receive in any calendar year (i) Stock Options relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (iii) Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, (iv) Performance Shares relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, or (v) Deferred Stock Units relating to more than 50,000 shares. No non-employee director may receive in any calendar year Stock Options relating to more than 50,000 shares or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units relating to more than 50,000 shares.
          The shares reserved for issuance and each of the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with section 16 hereof.
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Cash Awards, Annual Management Incentive Awards and Other Stock or Cash Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The exercise price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The exercise price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the exercise price or certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (c) to the extent permitted by applicable law, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (d) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. In no event shall the Committee cancel any

-4-


 

outstanding Stock Option for the purpose of reissuing the option to the participant at a lower exercise price or reduce the exercise price of an outstanding option.
     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options. The grant price of a substitute SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related option and the substitute SAR shall have substantive terms ( e.g., duration) that are equivalent to the related option. The grant price of any other SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a substitute SAR or ten years in the case of any other SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR payment may be made only in stock. In no event shall the Committee cancel any outstanding SAR for the purpose of reissuing the right to the participant at a lower grant price or reduce the grant price of an outstanding SAR.
     8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock provides participants the rights to receive shares after vesting in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee. Restricted Stock Units provide participants the right to receive shares at a future date after vesting in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:

-5-


 

          (a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance for a specified period;
          (b) a requirement that the holder forfeit (or in the case of shares or units sold to the participant, resell to Motorola at cost) such shares or units in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction; or
          (c) the attainment of performance goals including without limitation those described in section 14 hereof.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify. In the Committee’s discretion, participants may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents on awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.
     9.  Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units provide a participant a vested right to receive shares of common stock in lieu of other compensation at termination of employment or service or at a specific future designated date. In the Committee’s discretion, Deferred Stock Units may include the right to be credited with dividend equivalents in accordance with the terms and conditions of the units.
     10.  Performance Shares . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Shares”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each award of Performance Shares shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Shares award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above). The Committee may, in its discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of

-6-


 

shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Share award.
     11.  Performance Cash Awards . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom cash incentives based upon long-term performance (“Performance Cash Awards”) are to be awarded and determine the amount of the award and the terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each Performance Cash Award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Cash Award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Cash Awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above) and the maximum amount earned by a Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $10,000,000. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Cash Award.
     12.  Annual Management Incentive Awards . The Committee may designate Motorola executive officers who are eligible to receive a monetary payment in any calendar year based on a percentage of an incentive pool equal to 5% of Motorola’s “consolidated earnings before income taxes” (as defined below) for the calendar year. The Committee shall allocate an incentive pool percentage to each designated executive officer for each calendar year. In no event may the incentive pool percentage for any one executive officer exceed 30% of the total pool.
          For the purposes hereof, “consolidated earnings before income taxes” shall mean the consolidated earnings before income taxes of the Company, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but shall exclude the effects of: the following items, if and only if, such items are separately identified in the Company’s quarterly earnings press releases: (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, (ii) gains or losses

-7-


 

on the disposition of a business or investment, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition.
          As soon as possible after the determination of the incentive pool for a Plan year, the Committee shall calculate the executive officer’s allocated portion of the incentive pool based upon the percentage established at the beginning of the calendar year. The executive officer’s incentive award then shall be determined by the Committee based on the executive officer’s allocated portion of the incentive pool subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Committee. In no event may the portion of the incentive pool allocated to an executive officer who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above) be increased in any way, including as a result of the reduction of any other executive officer’s allocated portion.
     13.  Other Stock or Cash Awards . In addition to the incentives described in sections 6 through 12 above, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate; provided an outright grant of stock will not be made unless it is offered in exchange for cash compensation that has otherwise already been earned by the recipient.
     14.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Cash Awards and other incentives under the Plan to a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2) may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, including, but not limited to, cash flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; sales growth; price of Motorola common stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or total return to stockholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements (including without limitation the Company’s “consolidated earnings before income taxes” as defined in section 12), generally

-8-


 

accepted accounting principles, or under an objective methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied. However, the Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the attainment of a performance goal.
     15.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, (i) all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; (ii) all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse; (iii) all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; (iv) all Performance Shares shall be delivered, all Performance Cash Awards, Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; (v) all Annual Management Incentive Awards shall be paid out at target levels (or earned levels, if greater) and all other terms and conditions deemed met; and (vi) all Other Stock or Cash Awards shall be delivered or paid; provided, however, that the treatment of outstanding awards set forth above (referred to herein as “accelerated treatment”) shall not apply if and to the extent that such awards are assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are replaced with an award that preserves the existing value of the award at the time of the Change in Control and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to the original award; provided, however, that with respect to any awards that are assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide for the accelerated treatment with respect to any participant that is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control.
The term “Cause” shall mean, with respect to any participant, (i) the participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust or (ii) the participant’s willful engagement in gross misconduct in the performance of the participant’s duties that materially injures the Company or a Subsidiary.
The term Good Reason shall mean, with respect to any participant, without such participant’s written consent, (i) the participant is assigned duties materially inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company

-9-


 

or a Subsidiary during the 90-day period immediately preceding a Change in Control, or the participant’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities are materially diminished from those in effect during the 90-day period immediately preceding a Change in Control (whether or not occurring solely as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded entity), (ii) the Company reduces the participant’s annual base salary or target incentive opportunity under the Company’s annual incentive plan, such target incentive opportunity as in effect during the 90-day period immediately prior to the Change in Control, or as the same may be increased from time to time, unless such target incentive opportunity is replaced by a substantially equivalent substitute opportunity, (iii) the Company or a Subsidiary requires the participant regularly to perform his duties of employment beyond a fifty (50) mile radius from the location of the participant’s employment immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (iv) the Company purports to terminate the Participant’s employment other than pursuant to a notice of termination which indicates the Participant’s employment has been terminated for “Cause” (as defined above) and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Participant’s employment.
A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of

-10-


 

the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola common stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board.
In the event that a payment or delivery of an award following a Change in Control would not be a permissible distribution event, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code or any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, then the payment or delivery shall be made on the earlier of (i) the date of payment or delivery originally provided for such benefit, or (ii) the date of termination of the participant’s employment or service with the Company or six months after such termination in the case of a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i).
     16.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) In the event of any change affecting the number, class, market price or terms of the shares of common stock by reason of stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, disaffiliation of a Subsidiary, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock rights offering, or other similar event, or any distribution to the

-11-


 

holders of shares of common stock other than a regular cash dividend, (any of which is referred to herein as an “equity restructuring”), then the Committee shall make an equitable substitution or adjustment in the number or class of shares which may be issued under the Plan in the aggregate or to any one participant in any calendar year and in the number, class, price or terms of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the Plan as it deems appropriate. Such substitution or adjustment shall equalize an award’s intrinsic and fair value before and after the equity restructuring.
          (b) In direct connection with the sale, lease, distribution to stockholders, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary (a “Divestiture”), the Committee may authorize the assumption or replacement of affected participants’ awards by the spun-off facility or organization unit or by the entity that controls the spun-off facility or organizational unit following disaffiliation.
          (c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation which results in the outstanding common stock of Motorola being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
     17.  Substitution and Assumption of Benefits . The Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance of benefits under this Plan in connection with the assumption of, or substitution for, outstanding benefits previously granted to individuals who become employees of Motorola or any Subsidiary as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitations set forth in section 4 hereof, to the extent permitted by Section 303A.08 of the Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

-12-


 

     18.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the beneficiary, executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the approval of the Committee in its sole discretion, Stock Options may be transferable to members of the immediate family of the participant and to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members, partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, or corporations in which such family members are the only stockholders. “Members of the immediate family” means the participant’s spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), and individuals who are family members by adoption.
     19.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving notice to the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery, and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable, until indemnified to its satisfaction. In connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder, a participant may pay all or a portion of any withholding as follows: (a) with the consent of the Committee, by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld up to the minimum required statutory withholding amount; or (b) by delivering irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell shares and to promptly deliver the sales proceeds to Motorola for amounts up to and in excess of the minimum required statutory withholding amount. For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, no withholding in excess of the minimum statutory withholding amount will be allowed.
     20.  Duration of the Plan . No award shall be made under the Plan more than ten years after the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any option granted on or before such date may thereafter be

-13-


 

amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein.
     21.  Amendment and Termination . The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, unless expressly provided in an award or pursuant to the terms of any incentive plan implemented pursuant to this Plan, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options without a participant’s consent. The Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws, regulations, or stock exchange rules.
     22.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of shares of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
     23.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, or forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the Board of Directors or the Committee may, in its discretion, establish one or more sub-plans to reflect such

-14-


 

modified provisions. All sub-plans adopted by the Committee shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any sub-plans to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such sub-plan.
          (c) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may require a participant to have amounts or shares of common stock that otherwise would be paid or delivered to the participant as a result of the exercise or settlement of an award under the Plan credited to a deferred compensation or stock unit account established for the participant by the Committee on the Company’s books of account.
          (d) Neither the Plan nor any award shall confer upon a participant any right with respect to continuing the participant’s employment with the Company; nor shall they interfere in any way with the participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between the employee and the Company.
          (e) No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any award, and the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
          (f) Payments and other benefits received by a participant under an award made pursuant to the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a participant’s compensation for purposes of determining the participant’s benefits under any other employee benefit plans or arrangements provided by the Company or a Subsidiary, notwithstanding any provision of such plan to the contrary, unless the Committee expressly provides otherwise in writing.
          (g) The Committee may permit participants to defer the receipt of payments of awards pursuant to such rules, procedures or programs is may establish for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that awards under the Plan are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, then the Plan as applied to those amounts shall be interpreted and administered so that it is consistent with such Code section.

-15-


 

     24.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Illinois (without regard to any state’s conflict of laws principles). Any legal action related to this Plan shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois.
     25.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 23, 2006, subject to stockholder approval. The Plan and any benefits granted thereunder shall be null and void if stockholder approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

-16-

 

Exhibit 10.3
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on «Grant_date» (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to «First_Name» «Last_Name» (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “ 2006 Incentive Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, the Award is being made as a special grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of «Txt_Nbr_of_Shares» («Whole_Nbr_of_Shares») Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”); no fractional shares shall be credited of delivered to Grantee.
 
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be (x) automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct, and (y) at the discretion of the Compensation Committee forfeited, if the Grantee is not an appointed vice president or officer of Motorola at the end of the “Restriction Period” as defined below. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for

 


 

      financial reporting purposes. Total and Permanent Disability is defined in Section 3(a).
 
  c.   If Grantee is a vice president or elected officer on the date of the Award, or has been approved to become a vice president or elected officer on the date of the Award, and Grantee engages in any of the following conduct, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”) on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (iii) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed not generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or

 


 

  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
  (d)   If Grantee is not a vice president or elected officer on the date of the Award, or has not been approved to become a vice president or elected officer on the date of the Award, and Grantee engages in any of the conduct outlined in paragraph 2(c)(i) or (ii) above, in addition, to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”) on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of paragraphs 2(c)(i) and (ii) above, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola, Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries.
The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   Except as set forth in Section 3(b) below, the Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:
  (i)   «Vesting_Schedule» (the “Restriction Period”);
 
  (ii)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse for any Participant that is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (iii)   Upon termination of Grantee’s employment by Motorola or a Subsidiary by Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent

 


 

      Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (iv)   If the Grantee dies.
  b.   In the case of Involuntary Termination due to a Divestiture or for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full years of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) the total length of the Restriction Period.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”).
 
  d.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  e.   If, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  f.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than Section 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.

 


 

6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed plus.
 
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the day the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse as reported for the New York Stock Exchange- Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
 
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
 
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about the Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management

 


 

of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee’s authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his or her decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his or her services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
 
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii) and/or (iii) of this Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
 
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), and (iii), and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision.

 


 

    The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that (s)he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
 
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
 
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
 
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
 
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or its delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
 
18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“Email Notification Date”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date, Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
 
19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/ stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.

 

 

Exhibit 10.4
(MOTOROLA LOGO)
STOCK OPTION CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT
GRANT DATE: XXXXXX
The following Agreement is established to protect the trade secrets, intellectual property, confidential information, customer relationships and goodwill of Motorola, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries (the “Company”) both as defined in the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Plan”).
As consideration for the stock option(s) granted to me on the date shown above under the terms of the 2006 Plan (“the Covered Options”), and Motorola having provided me with Confidential Information as a Motorola appointed vice president or elected officer, I agree to the following:
(1) I agree that during the course of my employment and thereafter, I will not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to its directions, any Company Confidential Information. Confidential Information means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company. Confidential Information includes: (i) trade secrets; (ii) intellectual property; (iii) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (iv) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (v) information on customers or potential customers, including customer’s names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (vi) Company personnel data; (vii) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (viii) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall not be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
(2) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following my termination of employment for any reason, I will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with my new or prospective employer, or any other company.
(3) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of myself or any other person, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to my termination of employment with the Company.
(4) I agree that by accepting the Covered Options, if I violate the terms of paragraphs 1 through and including 3 of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity, all of my vested and unvested Covered Options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all Covered Options exercised within one year prior to the termination of my employment for any reason or anytime after termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately pay to the Company the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document for the Covered Options and the market price of the Covered Options on the date of exercise (the “spread”).
(5) The requirements of this agreement can be waived or modified only upon the prior written consent of Motorola, Inc. I acknowledge that the promises in this Agreement, not any employment of or services performed by me in the course and scope of that employment, are the sole consideration for the Covered Options. I agree the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company assigns and successors.

 


 

(6) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately inform the Company of (i) the identity of my new employer (or the nature of any start-up business, consulting arrangements or self-employment), (ii) my new title, and (iii) my job duties and responsibilities. I hereby authorize the Company to provide a copy of this Agreement to my new employer. I further agree to provide information to the Company as may from time to time be requested in order to determine my compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
(7) I acknowledge that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 1, 2,and/or 3 of this Agreement will be irreparable and I agree the Company may obtain injunctive relief against me in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between me and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. I agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 10 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over me. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
(8) With respect to the Covered Options, this Agreement is my entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 10 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. I also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, I affirmatively state that I have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
(9) I accept the terms of this Agreement and the above option(s) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto. I am familiar with the 2006 Plan and agree to be bound by it to the extent applicable, as well as by the actions of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
(10) I agree that this Agreement and the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto, together constitute an agreement between the Company and me. I further agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to any state’s principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA.
         
 
       
 
       
Date
  Signature   Printed Name
 
       
 
       
 
      Commerce ID
IN ORDER FOR THE ABOVE-REFERENCED OPTION(S) TO BE AWARDED, THIS AGREEMENT, SIGNED AND DATED, MUST BE RETURNED TO MOTOROLA c/o EXECUTIVE REWARDS NO LATER THAN ___.

-2-

 

Exhibit 10.5
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
[ Name of Plan ]
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options

                     
Recipient:
  Edward J. Zander       Date of Expiration:        
 
             
 
   
 
                   
Commerce ID#:
          Number of Options:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
                   
Date of Grant:
          Exercise Price:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the [ Name of Plan ] (the “Plan”). The number of options (“Options”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.

Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting – The Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule (subject to the other terms hereof):
     
Percent   Date
 
   
Special Vesting – You may be subject to the Special Vesting Dates described below if your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary (as defined below) terminates.
Exercisability – You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earlier of (1) the Date of Expiration as stated above or (2) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.
Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates
There are events that cause your Options to vest sooner than the schedule discussed above or to expire sooner than the Date of Expiration as stated above. Those events are as follows:
Retirement – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is ended because of your Retirement, all your vested Options will then expire on the earlier of eighteen months following the ending of your employment or service because of your Retirement or the Date of Expiration stated above. Retirement means (only for purposes of this Option) your retirement from Motorola or a Subsidiary as follows:
    Retiring at or after age 65, without regard to years of service.
Disability – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your termination of employment or service. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of


 


 

Expiration stated above. Until that time, the Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.
Death – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your death, Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your death. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.
Change In Control – If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that are at least comparable to these Options, then: (1) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (2) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or if you quit for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Change in Control” is defined in the Plan. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in your Employment Agreement.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture — If you accept employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment with Motorola in direct connection with the Divestiture and your vested Options will expire 90 days after such Divestiture or such shorter period remaining until expiration as set forth above.
Termination of Employment or Service Entitling you to Severance Benefits Under Section 5(a) of your Employment Agreement – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated in a manner entitling you to severance benefits under Section 5(a)(i) of your Employment Agreement with Motorola, dated as of December 15, 2003 (the “Employment Agreement”), your Options will be treated in the manner set forth in Section 5(a)(iii) of the Employment Agreement.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Serious Misconduct – If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service because of Serious Misconduct (as defined below), all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola as a Result of a Notice of Non-Renewal – If Motorola terminates your employment or service as a result of a Notice of Non-Renewal (as defined in your Employment Agreement), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and your vested Options will expire twelve months after your termination of employment or such shorter period remaining until expiration as set forth above.
Termination of Employment or Service by you other than for Good Reason — If you voluntarily terminate employment without Good Reason including by a Notice of Non-Renewal (as such terms are defined in your Employment Agreement), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety (90) days after the date of termination of your employment or services or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Leave of Absence – If you take a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola or a Subsidiary the following will apply:


-2-


 

Vesting of Options – Options will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above.
Exercising Options – You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the leave of absence.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service – If your employment or service is terminated during the Leave of Absence, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates” above.
Other Terms
Method of Exercising – You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability – Unless the Committee provides, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Tax Withholding – Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation and any additional withholding, if desired, by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.
Definition of Terms
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
“Fair Market Value” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on the date of grant or date of exercise, whichever is applicable. The official source for the closing price is the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
“Serious Misconduct” means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures, including the conduct described as “Cause” under your Employment Agreement.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
“Total and Permanent Disability” means “Disability” as defined in your Employment Agreement.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about you, that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant


-3-


 

to the Plan. You may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights
You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities
Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary. The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any. As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right
Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in Common Stock.
Acceptance of Terms and Conditions
By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan
You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_
incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@Motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.


-4-

 

Exhibit 10.6
(MOTOROLA LOGO)
RESTRICTED STOCK
UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is made this            day of     (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to Edward J. Zander (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, (the “ 2006 Omnibus Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, the Award is a special grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to the Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to the Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to the Grantee a total of [ Number of Shares] Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”); no fractional shares shall be credited or delivered to Grantee.
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to the Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   The Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if the Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason, other than death, Total and Permanent

1


 

      Disability, as defined in Section 3(a) below, or as otherwise set forth in Section 3(a)(v) below. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Subsidiary ” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes.
 
  c.   If the Grantee violates the covenants in Section 7 of the Employment Agreement between the Grantee and the Company, originally dated as of December 15, 2003 and as amended May 2, 2006 (the “Employment Agreement), in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Common Stock on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount.
 
      The Company will not be obligated to pay the Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   The Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:
  (i)   [Vesting Schedule] (the “ Restricted Period ”);
 
  (ii)   Upon a Change in Control of the Company (as defined by the 2006 Omnibus Plan ); provided, however, that if a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse for any Participant that is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the Employment Agreement.
 
  (iii)   If the Grantee becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled. A “ Total and Permanent Disability ” means “Disability” as defined in the Employment Agreement;
 
  (iv)   If the Grantee dies; or
 
  (v)   If the Grantee’s employment is terminated by Motorola

2


 

      without “Cause” or by the Grantee for “Good Reason” (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), pursuant and subject to the provisions of Section 5(a)(iii) of the Employment Agreement.
  b.   If during the Restricted Period the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary and the Grantee’s employment from Motorola or a Subsidiary is not terminated for any reason (other than death, Total and Permanent Disability or as set forth in Section 3(a)(v)), the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restricted Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “ Leave of Absence ” means a leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  c.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award.
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) is changed as a result of stock dividend, stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
5.   Dividends No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed plus, in either case, a cash payment equal to the value of any fractional Unit then credited to the Grantee’s account.
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. The Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the day the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse as reported for the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.

3


 

8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate the Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing Grantee’s consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
10.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his or her decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his or her services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of

4


 

    normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement, or benefit plan to the contrary.
11.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of Section 7 of the Employment Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 14 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
12.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of Section 7 of the Employment Agreement, no waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 14 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that (s)he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
13.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
14.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
15.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
16.   Actions by the Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or delegate

5


 

    shall be binding upon the parties.
17.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“Email Notification Date”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Omnibus Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Omnibus Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date, Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
18.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Omnibus Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Omnibus Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.

6

 

Exhibit 10.8
Deferred Stock Units Agreement
     This Agreement made by and between Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) and the undersigned Non-Employee Director (“Director”) of the Motorola Board of Directors (“Board”) is effective as of                      , 200___.
     Whereas, Director is acquiring the right to receive shares of Motorola common stock in the future in the form of deferred stock units (the “Deferred Stock Units”); and
     Whereas, this right to receive Deferred Stock Units is conditioned upon the Director executing and delivering to Motorola an agreement evidencing the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Deferred Stock Units.
     Now Therefore, Motorola and Director mutually agree as follows:
     1. The Deferred Stock Units that are subject to this Agreement are being issued to Director pursuant to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or such other Motorola equity incentive plan as designated by the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board, and are subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable plan. If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the applicable plan.
     2. The Deferred Stock Units that are subject to this Agreement will be all of the Deferred Stock Units issued to the Director in lieu of cash Compensation earned on or after January 1, 200___, pursuant to the applicable plan and the Election Form executed by Director that is on file with Motorola.
     3. The Deferred Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered by Director at any time.
     4. Upon the termination of the Director’s service on the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Director a certificate representing a number of shares of Motorola common stock equal to the number of Deferred Stock Units then credited to the Director’s account, plus a cash payment equal to the value of any fractional Unit so credited.
     5. Upon Motorola’s payment of a dividend with respect to its common stock, the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to the Director shall be increased by the number obtained by dividing (a) the amount of dividend the Director would have received had the Director owned a number of shares of Motorola common stock equal to the number of Deferred Stock Units then credited to his or her account by (b) the closing price of the Motorola common stock on the day before the day of the dividend payment, as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transaction in The Wall Street Journal, Midwest Edition.
     In the event a dividend is paid in shares of stock of another company or in other property, the Director will be credited with the number of shares of that company or the amount of property which would have been received had the Director owned a number of shares of Motorola common stock equal to the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to his or her account and any such shares and property shall be delivered to the Director upon termination of the Director’s service on the Board.

 


 

     6. If the number of outstanding shares of Motorola common stock is changed as a result of stock dividend, stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Deferred Stock Units subject to this award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of common stock.
     7. Except with respect to dividends (as described above), the Director shall have no rights as a stockholder of Motorola with respect to the Deferred Stock Units including the right to vote until delivery of certificates representing shares of Motorola common stock in satisfaction of the Deferred Stock Units.
     8. No assets or shares of Motorola common stock shall be segregated or earmarked by Motorola in respect of any Deferred Stock Units granted hereunder. The grant of Deferred Stock Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
     9. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
     10. The 2006 Omnibus Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Omnibus Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.
     In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above-written.
Motorola, Inc.
             
 
      By:    
 
           
Signature of Director
           
 
           
 
      Title:    
 
           
Name of Director (Please Print)
           

2

 

Exhibit 10.9
Deferred Stock Unit Award
     This Deferred Stock Unit Award (“Award”) is granted on [Grant Date] by Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) to the undersigned Non-Employee Director (“Director”) of the Motorola Board of Directors (“Board”).
     WHEREAS, Director is receiving this Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Omnibus Plan”); if a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the 2006 Omnibus Plan;
     WHEREAS, this Award is being made as part of the Company’s compensation program for Directors and is authorized by the Compensation and Leadership Committee;
     WHEREAS, this Award provides the Director with the right to receive shares of Motorola common stock in the future in the form of deferred stock units (the “Deferred Stock Units”); and
     Whereas, this right to receive Deferred Stock Units is conditioned upon the Director executing and delivering to Motorola an agreement evidencing the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Deferred Stock Units.
     Now Therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards deferred stock units to Director on the following terms and conditions:
     1. The Company hereby grants to Director a total of       Motorola deferred stock units (the “Deferred Stock Units”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.
     2. The Deferred Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered by Director at any time.
     3. Upon the termination of the Director’s service on the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Director a certificate representing a number of shares of Motorola common stock equal to the number of Deferred Stock Units then credited to the Director’s account, plus a cash payment equal to the value of any fractional Unit so credited.
     4. Upon Motorola’s payment of a dividend with respect to its common stock, the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to the Director shall be increased by the number obtained by dividing (a) the amount of dividend the Director would have received had the Director owned a number of shares of Motorola common stock equal to the number of Deferred Stock Units then credited to his or her account by (b) the closing price of the Motorola common stock on the day before the day of the dividend payment, as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transaction in The Wall Street Journal, Midwest Edition.
     In the event a dividend is paid in shares of stock of another company or in other property, the Director will be credited with the number of shares of that company or the amount of property which would have been received had the Director owned a number of shares of Motorola common stock equal to the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to his or her account and any such

 


 

shares and property shall be delivered to the Director upon termination of the Director’s service on the Board.
     6. If the number of outstanding shares of Motorola common stock is changed as a result of stock dividend, stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Deferred Stock Units subject to this award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of common stock.
     7. Except with respect to dividends (as described above), the Director shall have no rights as a stockholder of Motorola with respect to the Deferred Stock Units including the right to vote until delivery of certificates representing shares of Motorola common stock in satisfaction of the Deferred Stock Units.
     8. No assets or shares of Motorola common stock shall be segregated or earmarked by Motorola in respect of any Deferred Stock Units granted hereunder. The grant of Deferred Stock Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
     9. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
     10. The 2006 Omnibus Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Omnibus Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.
     In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above-written.
                 
        Motorola, Inc.    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
Signature of Director
         
 
   
 
               
 
      Title:        
 
Name of Director (Please Print)
         
 
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.27
Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005
(As Amended through November 14, 2006)
ELIGIBILITY
Corporate, Senior and Executive Vice Presidents (“Officers”) of Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) or a Subsidiary, as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”), are eligible to participate in the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005 (the “Plan”). The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer (if any) are also eligible to participate as approved by the Committee.
PARTICIPATION
Generally, Officers who become eligible to participate during the first quarter of a performance cycle will participate in a full multi-year performance cycle. Officers who become eligible to participate after the first quarter of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis, except that Officers who become eligible to participate during the last quarter of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Participants who lose their eligibility to participate as a result of the lapse of status as an elected officer after the first quarter of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis if the employment of the participant continues through the last day of the performance cycle. Participants who lose their eligibility to participate in the first quarter of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Pro rata awards will be determined on the basis of the number of completed months of employment as an elected officer within the performance cycle.
OVERVIEW
The Plan is being implemented pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 (“Omnibus Plan”). Here is an overview of the Plan:
»    Performance Cycle
 
    The Plan is based upon multi-year performance cycles selected by the Committee with an initial three-year performance cycle beginning on January 1, 2005.
 
»    Performance Measures
 
    Performance measures for each cycle will be determined by the Committee based on improvement in economic profit and growth in sales of Motorola during each multi-year performance cycle. Performance measures may apply to performance in each year in the performance cycle, to cumulative performance during the entire performance cycle, or a combination of both. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, performance to target for each year shall be divided by the number of years in the performance cycle and added

 


 

    together to determine the award for the entire performance cycle. Awards may be subject to partial forfeiture if Motorola’s total shareholder return for the entire performance cycle does not exceed the median total shareholder return for the performance cycle for a defined comparator group.
    Economic profit is defined as net operating profit after tax minus a capital charge.
 
    Net operating profit after tax and sales for each year during a performance cycle shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles but shall exclude the effect of all acquisitions with a purchase price of $250 million or more, all gains or losses on the sale of a business, any asset impairment equal to $100 million or more, and any other special items designated by the Committee.
 
»    Maximum Earned Award
 
    A participant’s maximum earned award will be two times his/her target award. A participant’s target award is established at the commencement of a performance cycle based on a percentage of the participant’s base pay rate in effect at that time. The target award of any participant (other than a participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “Covered Employee”)), will be adjusted at the time of promotion, demotion or other change of status and the award earned by the participant will be determined using a blended target award reflecting the period of time before and after the change of status and, if any, the target award applicable to each period. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, the target award for a Covered Employee for any succeeding year will be adjusted at the commencement of the next year in the performance cycle.
 
»    The Payout Process
    All earned awards will be paid in cash or Company stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. To the extent awards are paid in Company stock, the number of shares of stock earned by a participant shall be determined by dividing the amount of the award earned during the performance cycle by the Certification Date Value. The shares will be issued under, and subject to the limitations of, the Omnibus Plan or such other shareholder-approved Company equity-based incentive plan as designated by the Committee.
 
    The Company shall have the right to satisfy all federal, state and local withholding tax requirements with respect to the award earned by reducing either (1) the cash paid (in the event or a cash payment) by the amount of withholding or (2) the number of earned shares (in the event of a stock payment) by the number of shares determined by dividing the amount of withholding required by the Certification Date Value.
 
    Payments will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the close of a performance cycle. A participant has no right to any award until that award is paid.

-2-


 

    The Committee may reduce the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any participant who is or may be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle. The Chief Executive Officer may adjust the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any other participant at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle; provided, however, that any such adjustment may not result in a payment to the participant in excess of the participant’s maximum award under the Plan and any such adjustment to a payment to a member of the Senior Leadership Team will be subject to the approval of the Committee.
 
    If the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that a participant has willfully engaged in any activity at any time, prior to the payment of an award, that the Committee determines was, is, or will be harmful to the Company, the participant will forfeit any unpaid award.
SITUATIONS AFFECTING THE PLAN
»    Change in Employment
    Generally, a participant will be eligible for payment of an earned award only if employment continues through the last day of the performance cycle.
 
    Pro rata awards may be possible, however, depending upon the type of employment termination. The table below summarizes how earned awards will generally be prorated in accordance with the type of employment termination:
     
If employment terminates due to   The earned award will be
Death
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Total and Permanent Disability
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Retirement (in all countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union)
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Termination of Employment Because of Serious Misconduct
  Forfeited.
 
   
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture
  Forfeited.
 
   
Termination of Employment for any Other Reason than Described Above
  Forfeited.
For purposes of determining a prorated payout, completed months of employment will include only those months in which the participant is actually working and is an Officer.

-3-


 

    In the event a participant is reclassified from a higher elected officer level to a lower elected officer level ( i.e. , (a) from Executive Vice President to either Senior Vice President or Corporate Vice President or (b) from Senior Vice President to Corporate Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the higher target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher elected officer level and (b) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower elected officer level.
 
    In the event a participant is promoted from a lower elected officer level to a higher elected officer level ( i.e. , (a) from Corporate Vice President to Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President or (b) from Senior Vice President to Executive Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower elected officer level and (b) the higher target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher elected officer level.
 
    In the event a participant remains on payroll as an active employee at the end of a performance cycle, but is not actually working and/or is on a leave of absence which carries a right to return to work, the participant will be entitled to a pro rata award based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle in which the participant was actually working as an Officer, provided that the participant is otherwise eligible for an award.
 
    A prorated payout will be based on final performance results and paid as soon as administratively practicable after the end of a performance cycle.
 
      For purposes of the Plan, “Total and Permanent Disability” and Retirement” will be defined as set forth below:
 
    Total and Permanent Disability means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
 
    Retirement shall only apply in countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union and shall mean retirement from Motorola or a Subsidiary as follows:
  (i)   retiring at or after age 55 with 20 years of service;
 
  (ii)   Retiring at or after age 60 with 10 years of service;
 
  (iii)   Retiring at or after age 65, without regard to years of service;

-4-


 

  (iv)   Retiring with any other combination of age and service, at the discretion of the Committee.
 
      Years of service will be based on the participant’s Service Club Date.
»    Change in Control
 
    If Motorola undergoes a Change in Control as defined in the Omnibus Plan:
    If performance measures are applied to performance in the entire performance cycle, the sales growth and economic profit improvement for the performance cycle will be determined as of the effective date of the Change in Control and pro rata award payments will be made based on the number of completed months of the cycle as of the effective date of the Change in Control.
 
    If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, the sales growth and economic profit improvement for any partial year will be determined as of the date of the Change in Control and performance to target as of that date will be divided by the number of years in the performance cycle and added to the amounts earned in any completed years.
 
    Awards will not be subject to any partial forfeiture based on total shareholder return.
 
    Awards will be paid in stock as soon as administratively practicable following the effective date of the Change in Control, but no later than 90 days after that date.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
“Serious Misconduct” means any misconduct that is a ground for termination under the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Omnibus Plan.
RESERVATION AND RETENTION OF COMPANY RIGHTS
    The selection of any employee for participation in the Plan will not give that participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.
 
    Participation in the Plan is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and Motorola’s decision to make an award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future.
 
    Anyone claiming a benefit under the Plan will not have any right to or interest in any awards unless and until all terms, conditions, and provisions of Plan that affect that person have been fulfilled as specified herein.

-5-


 

    No employee will at any time have a right to be selected for participation in a future performance period for any fiscal year, despite having been selected for participation in a previous performance period.
GOVERNANCE
It is expressly understood that the Committee is authorized to administer, construe, and make all determinations necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, all of which will be binding upon the participant.
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, and TERMINATION
The Committee may amend, modify, or terminate the Plan and the terms applicable to any performance cycle at any time; provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect a participant’s rights under the Plan subsequent to such time as negotiations or discussions which ultimately lead to a Change in Control have commenced.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    Award opportunities may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
    To the extent permitted by law, amounts paid under the Plan will not be considered to be compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or program maintained by the Company.
 
    All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to payout of awards, and the corresponding rights granted thereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
 
    In the event that any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
 
    No participant or beneficiary will have any interest whatsoever in any specific asset of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under the Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
 
    To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Illinois without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
 
    This Plan constitutes a legal document which governs all matters involved with its interpretation and administration and supersedes any writing or representation inconsistent with its terms.

-6-

 

Exhibit 10.28
Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006
(As Amended through November 14, 2006)
Overview
The Plan is being implemented pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Plan .
Eligibility
As recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Committee, Officers of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer (if any) are also eligible to participate as approved by the Committee. No employee who is not an Officer shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
Participation
Generally, Officers who become eligible to participate during the first three months of a multi-year performance cycle will participate in the full performance cycle. Officers who become eligible to participate after the first three months of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis, except that Officers who become eligible to participate during the last three months of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Participants who lose their eligibility to participate as a result of the lapse of status as an Officer after the first three months of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis if they continue to be employed with the Company through the last day of the performance cycle. Participants who lose their eligibility to participate in the first three months of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Pro rata awards will be determined on the basis of the number of completed months of employment as an Officer during which the participant is actually working within the performance cycle.

Page 1 of 10


 

Performance Cycle
The Plan is based upon multi-year performance cycles selected by the Committee with an initial three-year performance cycle beginning on January 1, 2006 .
Performance Measures
Performance measures for each cycle will be determined by the Committee based on improvement in Economic Profit and Sales Growth during each multi-year performance cycle.
Performance measures may apply to performance in each year in the performance cycle, to cumulative performance during the entire performance cycle, or a combination of both. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, performance to target for each year shall be divided by the number of years in the performance cycle and added together to determine the award for the entire performance cycle.
Awards will be subject to Committee discretion, up to and including complete forfeiture, if the Company’s Total Shareholder Return for the entire performance cycle is not positive.
Awards may be subject to partial or complete forfeiture if the Company’s Total Shareholder Return for the performance cycle does not meet or exceed the 55 th percentile Total Shareholder Return for the performance cycle for a defined comparator group identified by the Committee.
Participants’ Target & Maximum Award
A participant’s target award is established at the commencement of a performance cycle based on a percentage of the participant’s base pay rate in effect at that time. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, the target award for a Covered Employee for any succeeding year will be adjusted at the commencement of the next year in the performance cycle.
A participant’s maximum earned award will be two times his/her target award.

Page 2 of 10


 

The Payout Process
    All earned awards will be paid in cash or Company stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. To the extent awards are paid in Company stock, the number of shares of stock earned by a participant shall be determined by dividing the amount of the award earned during the performance cycle by the Certification Date Value. The shares will be issued under, and subject to the limitations of, the Omnibus Plan or such other shareholder-approved Company equity-based incentive plan as designated by the Committee.
 
    The Chief Executive Officer may adjust the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any other participant at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle; provided, however, that any such adjustment may not result in a payment to the participant in excess of the participant’s maximum award under the Plan and any such adjustment to a payment to a member of the Senior Leadership Team will be subject to the approval of the Committee.
 
    The Committee may reduce the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any participant who is or may be a Covered Employee at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle.
 
    If the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that a participant has willfully engaged in any activity at any time, prior to the payment of an award, that the Committee determines was, is, or will be harmful to the Company, the participant will forfeit any unpaid award.
 
    The Company shall have the right to satisfy all federal, state and local withholding tax requirements with respect to the award earned by reducing either (1) the cash paid (in the vent of a cash payment) by the amount of withholding or (2) the number of earned shares (in the event of a stock payment) by the number of shares determined by dividing the amount of withholding required by the Certification Date Value.

Page 3 of 10


 

    Payments will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the close of a performance cycle. A participant has no right to any award until that award is paid.
Situations Affecting The Plan
»   Change in Employment
    Generally, a participant will be eligible for payment of an earned award only if employment continues through the last day of the performance cycle.
 
    Because employee retention is an important objective of this Plan and awards do not bear a precise relationship to time worked within the calendar year or length of service with the Company, Participants who separate from employment prior to the end of the performance cycle (for reasons other than death, Total and Permanent Disability or Retirement) shall not receive any award attributable to that performance cycle.
 
    Pro rata awards may be possible, however, depending upon the type of employment termination. In the event a participant (i) remains on payroll as an active employee at the end of a performance cycle, but is not actually working, whether or not on a leave of absence, (ii) Retires, dies or incurs a Total and Permanent Disability prior to the end of the performance cycle while actively employed or on a leave of absence, the participant will be entitled to a pro rata award based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle in which the participant was actually working as an Officer, provided that the participant is otherwise eligible for an award. The table below summarizes how earned awards will generally be prorated in accordance with the type of employment termination:

Page 4 of 10


 

     
If employment terminates due to   The earned award will be
 
Death
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Total and Permanent Disability
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Retirement (in all countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union)
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Termination of Employment Because of Serious Misconduct
  Forfeited.
 
   
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture
  Forfeited.
 
   
Termination of Employment for any Other Reason than Described Above
  Forfeited.
For purposes of determining a prorated payout, completed months of employment will include only those months in which the participant is actually working and is an Officer.
      A prorated payout will be based on final performance results and paid as soon as administratively practicable after the end of a performance cycle.
 
    In the event a participant is reclassified from a higher Officer level to a lower Officer level ( i.e. , from Executive Vice President to either Senior Vice President or Corporate Vice President or from Senior Vice President to Corporate Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the higher target award for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher Officer level and (b) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower Officer level.
 
    In the event a participant (other than a Covered Employee) is reclassified from a lower Officer level to a higher Officer level ( i.e. , from Corporate Vice President to Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President or from Senior Vice President to Executive Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower Officer level and (b) the

Page 5 of 10


 

      higher target award for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher Officer level.
»   Change in Control
 
    If the Company undergoes a Change in Control as defined in the Omnibus Plan, the treatment of outstanding awards under this Plan shall be determined by the terms of the Omnibus Plan in effect at the time of the commencement of the performance cycle.
Reservation And Retention Of Company Rights
    The selection of any employee for participation in the Plan will not give that participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.
 
    The Committee’s decision to make an award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future.
 
    Anyone claiming a benefit under the Plan will not have any right to or interest in any awards unless and until all terms, conditions, and provisions of Plan that affect that person have been fulfilled as specified herein.
 
    No employee will at any time have a right to be selected for participation in a future performance period for any fiscal year, despite having been selected for participation in a previous performance period.
Administration
It is expressly understood that the Committee has the discretionary authority to administer, construe, and make all determinations necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, all of which will be binding upon the participant.

Page 6 of 10


 

General Provisions
    Award opportunities may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
    To the extent permitted by law, amounts paid under the Plan will not be considered to be compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or program maintained by the Company.
 
    All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to payout of awards, and the corresponding rights granted thereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
 
    In the event that any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
 
    No participant or beneficiary will have any interest whatsoever in any specific asset of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under the Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
 
    This Plan constitutes a legal document which governs all matters involved with its interpretation and administration and supersedes any writing or representation inconsistent with its terms.

Page 7 of 10


 

D efinitions
Certification Date Value : the closing price of one share of Motorola common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the day before the date on which the Committee certifies the amount of the award earned.
Company : Motorola, Inc. and its Subsidiaries.
Committee : the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board of Directors.
Covered Employee : a covered employee within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Divestiture : the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement, spin-off or similar transaction wherein a Subsidiary is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders, or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Company or a Subsidiary.
Economic Profit: the Company’s Net Operating Profit After Tax less a charge for cost of capital (determined by the Committee, in its discretion).
Net Operating Profit After Tax: for each year during a performance cycle, the Company’s Net Operating Profit After Tax shall be determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles but shall exclude the effect of all acquisitions with a purchase price of $250 million or more, all gains or losses on the sale of a business, any asset impairment equal to $100 million or more, and any other special items designated by the Committee.
Omnibus Plan : the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, or any successor plan.
Officers: Corporate, Senior and Executive Vice Presidents of the Company.

Page 8 of 10


 

Plan: the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006.
Retire or Retirement : shall only apply in countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union and shall mean retirement from Motorola or a Subsidiary as follows:
  (i)   Retiring at or after age 55 with 20 years of service;
 
  (ii)   Retiring at or after age 60 with 10 years of service;
 
  (iii)   Retiring at or after age 65, without regard to years of service; or
 
  (iv)   Retiring with any other combination of age and service, at the discretion of the Committee.
Years of service will be based on the participant’s Service Club Date.
Sales Growth : calculated as the year-over-year percentage increase in net sales. Net sales shall be determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles but shall exclude the effect of all acquisitions with a purchase price of $250 million or more, all gains or losses on the sale of a business, any asset impairment equal to $100 million or more, and any other special items designated by the Committee.
Subsidiary : an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
Serious Misconduct : any misconduct that is a ground for termination under the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
Total and Permanent Disability : for (a) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan and (b) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.

Page 9 of 10


 

Total Shareholder Return or TSR: for the Company stock or for a comparator company shall be calculated as follows:
         
 
  Ending share price    
 
  200-day average through last day of cycle    
 
       
+
  Value of reinvested dividends    
 
       
=
  Total ending value    
 
       
  Beginning share price    
 
  200-day average through first day of cycle    
 
       
=
  Total value created    
 
       
÷
  Beginning share price    
 
  200-day average through first day of cycle    
 
       
=
  Total shareholder return    
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Omnibus Plan.
Amendment, Modification, And Termination
Except as expressly provided by law, this Plan is provided at the Company’s sole discretion and the Committee may modify or terminate it at any time, prospectively or retroactively, without notice or obligation for any reason; provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect a participant’s rights under the Plan subsequent to such time as negotiations or discussions which ultimately lead to a Change in Control have commenced. In addition, there is no obligation to extend the Plan or establish a replacement plan in subsequent years.
Applicable Law
To the extent not preempted by federal law, or otherwise provided by local law, the Plan will be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the state of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of laws principles. Any legal action related to this Plan shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois.

Page 10 of 10

 

Exhibit 12
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Computation of Fixed Charges Ratio
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
(In Millions)   2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
Pretax income (loss) (1)
  $ 4,605     $ 6,402     $ 3,083     $ 1,214       ($2,189 )
Capitalized interest
                            (0 )
Fixed charges (as calculated below)
    411       407       449       573       644  
 
                             
Earnings (2)
  $ 5,016     $ 6,809     $ 3,532     $ 1,787       ($1,545 )
 
                             
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest expense
  $ 330     $ 324     $ 381     $ 504     $ 576  
Rent expense interest factor
    80       83       68       70       68  
 
                             
Total fixed charges (2)
  $ 411     $ 407     $ 449     $ 573     $ 644  
 
                             
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    12.2       16.7       7.9       3.1       0.0 (3)
 
                             
(1)-After adjustments required by Item 503 (d) of SEC Regulation S-K.
(2)-As defined in Item 503 (d) of SEC Regulation S-K.
(3)-Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the years ended December 31, 2002 by $2.2 billion

 

 

Exhibit 21
MOTOROLA, INC.
LISTING OF MAJOR SUBSIDIARIES
12/31/2006
     
Motorola Industrial Ltda.
  Brazil
Hangzhou Motorola Cellular Equipment Co. Ltd.
  China
Motorola (China) Electronics Ltd.
  China
Motorola (China) Investment Ltd.
  China
Motorola S.A.S
  France
Motorola G.m.b.h.
  Germany
Motorola Asia Limited
  Hong Kong
Motorola Asia Pacific Limited
  Hong Kong
Motorola India Private Limited
  India
Motorola South Israel Limited
  Israel
MIRS Communications Limited
  Israel
Motorola Israel Ltd.
  Israel
Motorola Japan Limited
  Japan
Motorola Korea, Inc.
  Korea
Motorola Technology Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Motorola Electronics Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Motorola Asia Treasury Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Motorola Electronics Pte. Limited
  Singapore
Motorola Trading Center Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
General Instrument of Taiwan Ltd.
  Taiwan
Motorola Electronics Taiwan, Limited
  Taiwan
Motorola Finance EMEA Limited
  UK
Motorola Limited
  UK
General Instrument Corporation
  US
River Delta Networks, Inc.
  US
Synchronous, Inc.
  US
Network Ventures I, Inc.
  US
Motorola Credit Corporation
  US

 

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
    I, Edward J. Zander, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola, Inc., certify that:
 
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Motorola, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2007
         
     
  /s/ Edward J. Zander    
  Edward J. Zander   
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.   
 

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, David W. Devonshire, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motorola, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Motorola, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2007
         
     
  /s/ David W. Devonshire    
  David W. Devonshire   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Motorola, Inc.   
 

 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
    I, Edward J. Zander, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
  (1)   the annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 (the “Annual Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)   the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
    This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
Dated: February 28, 2007
         
     
  /s/ Edward J. Zander    
  Edward J. Zander   
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.   
 

 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
I, David W. Devonshire, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
  (1)   the annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 (the “Annual Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)   the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
Dated: February 28, 2007
         
     
  /s/ David W. Devonshire    
  David W. Devonshire   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Motorola, Inc.